Local Mitigation
Planning Handbook
May 2023
Local Mitigation Planning Handbook
This page intentionally left blank
Local Handbook Update
i
Table of Contents
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 1
Handbook Format and Organization ................................................................................................. 2
Mitigation and the Emergency Management Cycle .......................................................................... 3
Mitigation Builds Climate Resilience ................................................................................................ 4
Mitigation Planning is Risk-Informed Decision Making .................................................................... 6
Planning is the Foundation for Mitigation Investments ................................................................... 6
Guiding Principles .............................................................................................................................. 7
Task 1. Determine the Planning Area, Process and Resources ........................................ 8
1.1. Initial Considerations ................................................................................................................. 8
1.1.1. New Plan or Plan Update ................................................................................................ 8
1.1.2. Confirm Participant(s) and Planning Area ..................................................................... 8
1.1.3. Review Previous Plan and Scope Update ................................................................... 11
1.2. Right-Sizing the Scope of the Planning Process .................................................................... 11
1.2.1. Preliminary Questions .................................................................................................. 11
1.2.2. Schedule Considerations ............................................................................................. 12
1.3. Organizing Resources ............................................................................................................. 13
1.3.1. People and Partnerships.............................................................................................. 13
1.3.2. Plans, Studies and Data .............................................................................................. 15
1.3.3. Technical Assistance .................................................................................................... 17
Task 2. Build the Planning Team ..................................................................................... 19
2.1. Building the Planning Team .................................................................................................... 19
2.1.1. Multi-Jurisdictional Planning Team ............................................................................. 19
2.1.2. Identify Planning Team Members ............................................................................... 21
2.1.3. Promote Participation and Buy-In ................................................................................ 28
2.1.4. Engage Local Leadership ............................................................................................. 31
Task 3. Create an Outreach Strategy ............................................................................... 33
3.1. Plan for Public Involvement .................................................................................................... 34
Local Handbook Update
ii
3.2. Create an Equitable Planning Process ................................................................................... 35
3.3. Community Rating System ..................................................................................................... 38
3.4. Develop the Outreach Strategy .............................................................................................. 38
3.5. Plan Ahead for Engaging Meetings ........................................................................................ 43
3.6. Coordinate Multi-Jurisdictional Outreach ............................................................................... 45
3.7. Bringing It All Together: Describe the Planning Process ........................................................ 46
Task 4. Conduct a Risk Assessment ................................................................................ 48
4.1. Defining Risk Assessment ...................................................................................................... 48
4.2. Steps to Conduct a Risk Assessment ..................................................................................... 50
4.2.1. Identify Hazards ............................................................................................................ 51
4.2.2. Describe Hazards ......................................................................................................... 52
4.2.3. Identify Assets .............................................................................................................. 60
4.2.4. Analyze Impacts ............................................................................................................ 68
4.2.5. Summarize Vulnerability .............................................................................................. 77
4.3. Document the Risk Assessment ............................................................................................ 78
Task 5. Review Community Capabilities .......................................................................... 79
5.1. Capability Assessment ............................................................................................................ 79
5.2. Types of Capabilities ............................................................................................................... 80
5.2.1. Planning and Regulatory .............................................................................................. 81
5.2.2. Administrative and Technical ...................................................................................... 83
5.2.3. Financial ........................................................................................................................ 84
5.2.4. Education and Outreach .............................................................................................. 85
5.3. National Flood Insurance Program ......................................................................................... 87
5.3.1. NFIP Participation ......................................................................................................... 88
5.3.2. Adoption of NFIP Standards and Maps ....................................................................... 89
5.3.3. Staffing, Enforcement and Continued Compliance in the NFIP ................................ 90
5.3.4. Substantial Damage and Substantial Improvement .................................................. 92
5.4. Documenting Capabilities ....................................................................................................... 92
Task 6. Develop a Mitigation Strategy ............................................................................. 93
Local Handbook Update
iii
6.1. The Mitigation Strategy: Goals, Actions and Action Plan ....................................................... 93
6.2. Mitigation Goals ...................................................................................................................... 94
6.3. Mitigation Actions ................................................................................................................... 96
6.3.1. Types of Mitigation Actions .......................................................................................... 97
6.3.2. Identifying Mitigation Actions .................................................................................... 100
6.4. Prioritize Mitigation Actions .................................................................................................. 106
6.4.1. Cost-Benefit Review ................................................................................................... 106
6.4.2. Criteria for Analysis .................................................................................................... 106
6.4.3. Action Prioritization .................................................................................................... 108
6.5. Create an Action Plan for Implementation ........................................................................... 109
6.5.1. Integrate Into Existing Plans and Procedures .......................................................... 109
6.6. Implement Mitigation Actions ............................................................................................... 111
6.6.1. Assign a Responsible Agency .................................................................................... 112
6.6.2. Identify Potential Resources ...................................................................................... 112
6.6.3. Estimate the Timeframe ............................................................................................ 112
6.6.4. Communicate the Mitigation Action Plan ................................................................. 114
6.7. Update the Mitigation Strategy ............................................................................................. 114
6.7.1. Describe Changes in Priorities .................................................................................. 115
6.7.2. Evaluate Progress in Implementation ....................................................................... 116
Task 7. Keeping the Plan Current .................................................................................. 118
7.1. Plan Maintenance Overview ................................................................................................. 118
7.2. Monitoring ............................................................................................................................. 119
7.2.1. Evaluating ................................................................................................................... 120
7.2.2. Updating ...................................................................................................................... 122
7.3. Continue Public Involvement ................................................................................................ 124
Task 8. Review and Adopt the Plan ................................................................................ 127
8.1. Review of the Plan ................................................................................................................ 127
8.1.1. Local Plan Review ...................................................................................................... 127
8.1.2. State Review ............................................................................................................... 128
Local Handbook Update
iv
8.1.3. FEMA Plan Review ...................................................................................................... 128
8.2. Plan Adoption ........................................................................................................................ 128
8.2.1. Multi-Jurisdictional Adoption Considerations ........................................................... 129
8.2.2. All Adoption Resolutions Submitted with Plan ......................................................... 130
8.2.3. Approvable Pending Adoption ................................................................................... 130
8.3. Plan Approval ........................................................................................................................ 132
8.4. Additional Considerations ..................................................................................................... 134
8.5. Celebrate Success ................................................................................................................ 134
Task 9. Create a Safe and Resilient Community ........................................................... 136
9.1. What Is Resilience? .............................................................................................................. 136
9.2. Role of Local Officials in Resilience ..................................................................................... 136
9.2.1. Leveraging Your Partnerships .................................................................................... 137
9.2.2. Involve the Whole Community ................................................................................... 138
9.2.3. Plan Holistically .......................................................................................................... 139
9.3. Assess Your Capacity ............................................................................................................ 141
9.4. Prepare for Future Opportunities ......................................................................................... 141
9.5. What Does Implementation Look Like? ............................................................................... 142
9.5.1. Identify Projects .......................................................................................................... 142
9.5.2. Develop and Leverage Momentum ........................................................................... 142
Annex A. Resources for Resilience ......................................................................................... 144
1. Local Resources ................................................................................................................... 144
2. State Resources ................................................................................................................... 144
3. Federal Resources ............................................................................................................... 144
3.1. FEMA Mitigation Grant Programs .............................................................................. 144
3.2. Technical Assistance .................................................................................................. 146
4. Best Practices ...................................................................................................................... 147
Annex B. Worksheets, Samples and Starter Kits ................................................................... 148
Background ................................................................................................................................... 149
Planning Process .......................................................................................................................... 149
Local Handbook Update
v
Worksheet 1: Identifying and Engaging the Planning Team ................................................. 149
Sample Planning Process Schedule ....................................................................................... 152
Sample Voluntary Participation Agreement ........................................................................... 153
Sample Public Opinion Survey ................................................................................................ 156
Sample Plan Organization ...................................................................................................... 163
Considering a Consultant to Support Local Mitigation Planning Starter Kit ........................ 169
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan Press Release Starter Kit ....................................................... 177
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan and Community Rating System Crosswalk Starter Kit ......... 181
Risk Assessment .......................................................................................................................... 190
Worksheet 2: Hazard Identification ........................................................................................ 190
Worksheet 3: Identifying Vulnerable Assets .......................................................................... 192
Risk Assessment Starter Kit ................................................................................................... 195
Mitigation Strategy ....................................................................................................................... 205
Worksheet 4: Capability Assessment ..................................................................................... 205
Worksheet 5: National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) ...................................................... 210
Worksheet 6: Hazard Information Integration ....................................................................... 213
Worksheet 7: Mitigation Action Selection .............................................................................. 220
Worksheet 8: Mitigation Action Implementation ................................................................... 223
Keeping the Plan Current ............................................................................................................. 225
Worksheet 9: Action Monitoring Form ................................................................................... 225
Worksheet 10: Plan Update Evaluation Form ....................................................................... 227
Plan Adoption ................................................................................................................................ 230
Sample Adoption Resolution .................................................................................................. 230
Annex C. Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool ........................................................................... 231
Cover Page .................................................................................................................................... 231
Multi-Jurisdictional Summary Sheet ............................................................................................ 233
Plan Review Checklist .................................................................................................................. 234
Element A: Planning Process .................................................................................................. 234
Element B: Risk Assessment .................................................................................................. 235
Element C: Mitigation Strategy ............................................................................................... 237
Local Handbook Update
vi
Element D: Plan Maintenance ................................................................................................ 238
Element E: Plan Update .......................................................................................................... 239
Element F: Plan Adoption ........................................................................................................ 240
Element G: High Hazard Potential Dams (Optional) .............................................................. 241
Element H: Additional State Requirements (Optional) .......................................................... 242
Plan Assessment .......................................................................................................................... 243
Element A. Planning Process .................................................................................................. 243
Element B. Risk Assessment .................................................................................................. 243
Element C. Mitigation Strategy ............................................................................................... 243
Element D. Plan Maintenance ................................................................................................ 243
Element E. Plan Update .......................................................................................................... 243
Element G. HHPD Requirements (Optional) .......................................................................... 243
Element H. Additional State Requirements (Optional) .......................................................... 244
Local Handbook Update
1
Introduction
Mitigation planning provides a framework local governments can build on to lessen the impacts of
natural disasters. By encouraging whole-community involvement, assessing risk and using a range of
resources, local governments can reduce risk to people, economies and natural environments. This
Local Mitigation Planning Handbook (Handbook) guides local governments, including special
districts, as they develop or update a hazard mitigation plan. The Handbook will:
Help local governments meet the requirements in the Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide
(the
Guide) and Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) for FEMA approval. An approved,
adopted mitigation plan is a gateway to apply for FEMA Hazard Mitigation Assistance (HMA) and
High Hazard Potential Dam (HHPD) grant programs.
Provide useful ideas and approaches that aid communities in reducing vulnerabilities and long-
term risk from natural hazards and disasters through planning.
The Handbook is a companion to the Guide. The Guide helps local governments understand the
requirements in the CFR. It also assists state and federal officials who provide training and technical
assistance to local governments during their review and approval of local plans. The Handbook, on
the other hand, gives advice and approaches for developing these plans.
Key Terms
Hazard Mitigation is any sustained action taken to reduce or eliminate long-term risk to life and
property from hazards.
Mitigation Planning is a community-driven process to help state, local, tribal and territorial
(SLTT) governments plan for hazard risk. By planning for risk and setting a strategy for action,
governments can reduce the negative impacts of future disasters.
Community Resilience is a community’s ability to prepare for anticipated hazards, adapt to
changing conditions, and withstand and recover rapidly from disruptions. Activities such as
disaster preparedness (which includes prevention, protection, mitigation, response and
recovery) and reducing community stressors (the underlying social, economic and
environmental conditions that can weaken a community) are key steps to resilience.
Community Lifelines are the most fundamental services in the community that, when
stabilized, enable all other aspects of society to function. The integrated network of assets,
services and capabilities that make up community lifelines are used day to day to support
recurring needs. Lifelines enable the continuous operation of critical government and business
functions and are essential to human health and safety or economic security, as described in
the National Response Framework, 4th Edition (October 28, 2019).
Local Handbook Update
2
Handbook Format and Organization
The mitigation planning process is slightly different for each SLTT government. However, no matter
the plan type, there are four core steps in completing a hazard mitigation plan or plan update. Within
each step there are tasks which, taken together, help to build a hazard mitigation plan.
This handbook is organized around the four steps and nine recommended tasks for developing a
local hazard mitigation plan (Figure 1). Some tasks can be completed at the same time. Others
depend on completing earlier tasks. Tasks 1 through 3 set up the process and people needed to
complete the remaining tasks. They also advise on the best ways to document the planning process.
Tasks 4 through 8 explain the specific analyses and decisions that need to be completed and
recorded in the plan. Task 9 provides resources for carrying out your plan.
Figure 1: Local Mitigation Planning - Steps and Tasks.
In addition to its narrative, this Handbook uses three kinds of callout boxes to explain core concepts,
provide examples, and share resources.
Blue Callout Boxes: Context and Extra Help
Blue callout boxes provide extra information that augments the narrative of each task. These
boxes include tips and tricks, spotlights and insights for the reader.
Local Handbook Update
3
Green Callout Boxes: Policy Connections
Green callout boxes highlight connections between the Handbook and the Guide. Each green
box appears at the end of a section related to a specific element of the Guide. For example,
Task 3, Create an Outreach Strategy, helps a plan meet Element A1 in the Guide.
Gray boxes: Case Studies
Grey callout boxes present case studies. These case studies provide examples of how an idea
or component has been carried out in the real world by local communities.
The Handbook also includes the following annexes:
Annex A: Resources for Resilience
Annex B: Worksheets, Samples and Starter Kits
Annex C: Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool
Mitigation and the Emergency Management Cycle
Hazard mitigation is the cornerstone of emergency management. It is the ongoing effort to lessen the
impact that disasters can have on people and property. Without mitigation, the same people,
property and community lifelines are affected over and over again.
The emergency management cycle generally has four phases:
Preparedness is when we develop or update activities, programs and systems before an event
happens. These activities are often tested (or exercised) in non-emergency situations. This tests
their effectiveness. Emergency managers also assess potential risks, hazards and vulnerabilities
in this phase.
Response focuses on the immediate and short-term effects of a disaster. It is usually focused on
life safety and preventing immediate damage.
Recovery is a long-term phase that looks to return a community to normal, or to a more resilient
state, after a disaster.
Mitigation focuses on building (or rebuilding) in ways that reduce the risk more permanently. It is
an activity that can occur at any point in the emergency management cycle. For example,
communities can undertake mitigation actions before a disaster (the preparedness phase) or
while rebuilding after a disaster (the recovery phase).
Local Handbook Update
4
Figure 2: The emergency management cycle.
A core responsibility of local governments is to protect health, safety and public welfare. Investing in
mitigation supports this responsibility. According to the National Institute of Building Sciences’
Natural Hazard Mitigation Saves 2019 report, every $1 in federal grants invested in mitigation can
save up to $6. Mitigation can:
Protect public safety and prevent loss of life and injury.
Build resilience to current and future disaster risks.
Prevent damage to a community’s economic, cultural and environmental assets.
Reduce operational downtime and speed up the recovery of government and business after
disasters.
Reduce the costs of disaster response and recovery, as well as the exposure to risk for first
responders.
Help achieve other community goals, such as protecting infrastructure, preserving open space
and boosting economic resilience.
Mitigation Builds Climate Resilience
Disasters can cause loss of life, damage buildings and infrastructure, and have devastating effects
on a community’s economic, social and environmental well-being. Climate change is increasing the
number and intensity of disasters overall and, in many communities, is changing the landscape of
risk. These trends make mitigation even more important. By taking future climate change into
account and proactively reducing risk, communities increase their chance of withstanding future
events.
Local Handbook Update
5
Natural and climate disaster risk information that is accurate, comprehensive, and produced or
endorsed by an authoritative source can help decision makers better assess their community’s risk.
Across the United States, communities are working to build resilience to hazards such as extreme
heat, drought, flooding and wildfires. Adaptation to climate change also creates resilience.
The mitigation plan provides a ready-made opportunity for communities to account for climate
change and climate risks in their planning. The plan’s risk assessment must include the probability
of future hazard events. At its most basic, probability is the likelihood of a hazard happening. The
probability description must discuss any hazard characteristics that may change, such as location,
extent, duration and/or frequency. The mitigation strategy is a chance to identify, evaluate and carry
out actions that will reduce future climate change-related risks. The mitigation plan also can and
should be integrated with other community climate resilience activities, like a climate adaptation
plan or a greenhouse gas reduction strategy.
Climate Change Terminology
Climate is the usual weather of a place. Climate can be different for different seasons. A place
might be mostly warm and dry in the summer but be cool and wet in the winter.
Climate Change refers to “changes in average weather conditions that persist over multiple
decades or longer. Climate change encompasses both increases and decreases in
temperature, as well as shifts in precipitation, changing risk of certain types of severe weather
events, and changes to other features of the climate system.
Climate Adaptation refers to adapting to life in a changing climate. It involves adjusting to
actual or expected future climate. The goal is to reduce risks from the harmful effects of
climate change (like sea-level rise, more intense extreme weather events, or food insecurity). It
also includes making the most of any potential beneficial opportunities associated with climate
change (for example, longer growing seasons or increased crop yields in some regions).
Climate Mitigation involves reducing the flow of heat-trapping greenhouse gases into the
atmosphere, either by reducing the sources of these gases (for example, the burning of fossil
fuels for electricity, heat or transport) or enhancing the “sinks” that accumulate and store
these gases (such as the oceans, forests and soil). The goal of climate mitigation is to avoid
significant human interference with Earth's climate. Note: when climate experts use the term
“mitigation,” they are referring to reducing greenhouse gas emissions. In a hazards context,
“mitigation” refers to reducing disaster losses.
Climate Resilience is the ability to anticipate, prepare for, and respond to hazardous events,
trends or disturbances related to climate. Improving climate resilience involves assessing how
climate change will create new, or alter current, climate-related risks, and taking steps to
better cope with these risks.
Local Handbook Update
6
Mitigation Planning is Risk-Informed Decision Making
Mitigation works best when it is based on a long-term plan that is developed before a disaster. By
assessing risk and vulnerability to hazards, mitigation planning identifies long-term local policies and
actions that communities can take to increase resilience. Effective planning also weighs input from a
wide range of stakeholders and the public. Mitigation planning:
Encourages community leaders to choose actions to reduce risk that stakeholders and the public
will support.
Focuses resources on the greatest risks and vulnerabilities, including where they are needed the
most, i.e. areas and populations disproportionately affected by disasters.
Builds partnerships with diverse stakeholders. This deepens the pool of data and resources,
which can help reduce workloads and achieve shared community objectives.
Boosts awareness of threats and hazards, including their risks and the community’s vulnerability
to those risks.
Aligns risk reduction with other community goals and programs like
capital improvements.
Supports socially vulnerable populations and underserved communities in achieving resilience.
Legislative and Strategic Basis for Mitigation Planning
The legislative authority that provides the legal authority for mitigation is derived from the
Stafford Act, as amended by the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000. Section 322 of the Stafford
Act specifically addresses mitigation planning. This establishes the requirement that state and
local governments prepare hazard mitigation plans as a precondition for receiving FEMA
mitigation project grants.
FEMA’s 2022-26 Strategic Plan identifies empowering risk-informed decision making as a key
objective for building a climate resilient nation. The mitigation planning process involves all of
the critical components of understanding current and future risks, forming partnerships and
identifying the most appropriate actions to build climate resilience.
Planning is the Foundation for Mitigation Investments
Local mitigation plans are investment strategies that communities create through the planning
process. Plans are used to identify hazards, assess risks and vulnerabilities, and develop strategies.
The planning process is community-based and risk-informed. It closely aligns with the principles laid
out by the Comprehensive Preparedness Guide 101. The process shows the whole community why it
Local Handbook Update
7
should mitigate. It also helps communities develop actions based on their current and future risks
and capabilities.
Guiding Principles
The mitigation plan belongs to the local community. While FEMA has the authority to approve plans
so local governments can apply for mitigation project funding, there is no required format for the
plans. FEMA reviews what is in the plan, not how it is organized. When developing the mitigation
plan, keep the following principles from the Guide in mind.
Figure 3: Guiding principles for local mitigation plans.
Local Handbook Update
8
Task 1. Determine the Planning
Area, Process and Resources
1.1. Initial Considerations
1.1.1. New Plan or Plan Update
Once you decide to create a hazard mitigation plan, it’s time to set up the planning process. The
foundation of all mitigation plans is an inclusive, well-documented planning process with community
buy-in. A successful process brings diverse partners together. They will discuss your community’s
experience with natural hazards and how to meet your risk reduction needs.
The first question that needs to be answered when developing a mitigation plan is: Are you updating
a plan or creating a new one? There are instances where participants in a multi-jurisdictional plan
decide to create their own plan, resulting in a “new” plan. Additionally, single jurisdictions may see
the value of participating in an existing regional plan that is being updated. All local situations are
unique and deciding on the type of plan to develop will depend on the needs of the local community.
1.1.2. Confirm Participant(s) and Planning Area
Plans can be single- or multi-jurisdictional. Multi-jurisdictional plans require all participants to meet
certain requirements to adopt. Multi-jurisdictional plans may include local and tribal governments,
and special districts.
Communities may choose to develop their own plan or work with other communities. No matter the
configuration, all participants must meet the mitigation planning requirements.
Figure 4: Single-jurisdictional plans have only one governing body. Multi-jurisdictional plans
cover many local governments in one plan.
Local Handbook Update
9
Both single- and multi-jurisdictional plans have benefits and challenges. Single-jurisdiction plans
offer independence in how the community will design and conduct its planning process. This type of
plan can be suitable for any community, large or small.
Jurisdiction, Community and Participants
The Guide and the Handbook use the terms “jurisdiction,” “community” and “participant”
interchangeably. These terms refer to any local government developing or updating a local
mitigation plan. 44 CFR § 201.2 defines "local government" as “any county, municipality, city,
town, township, public authority, school district, special district, intrastate district, council of
governments (regardless of whether the council of governments is incorporated as a nonprofit
corporation under state law), regional or interstate government entity, or agency or
instrumentality of a local government; any Indian tribe or authorized tribal organization, or
Alaska Native village or organization; and any rural community, unincorporated town or village,
or other public entity.”
In some cases, a participant’s service area or footprint may cross political boundaries.
Examples of this include a fire protection district or a utility district.
Multi-jurisdictional plans have certain requirements that help to make sure each community goes
through its own local planning process, in addition to the overall group effort. The group planning
process will be led by the coordinating entity, referred to as the plan owner, and will include
representatives from each jurisdiction. The plan owner takes the lead for coordinating across all
participants and with the state and FEMA. Each jurisdiction will take the information shared at group
meetings, pass the information on, and collect information through their own local planning process.
Each participant must assess their unique risk to identified hazards and identify their own
capabilities to reduce those risks. Each must develop their own actions to reduce the risks specific to
their community.
Table 1: Benefits and Challenges of Multi-Jurisdictional Plans
Benefits of a Multi-Jurisdictional Plan
Challenges of a Multi-Jurisdictional Plan
Improves communication and
coordination.
Enables comprehensive and regional
mitigation approaches.
Maximizes economies of scale by sharing
costs and capabilities.
Avoids duplication of effort.
Provides organizational structure.
Broader chances for participation.
Reduces individual control over the process.
Involves coordination and administration to
track multiple independent local governments,
especially when it comes time for each local
government to adopt the plan.
Requires organizing large amounts of
information, including individualized mitigation
strategies, into a single document.
Local Handbook Update
10
If you find that a multi-jurisdictional planning effort is the best option for your community, then
decide if it is best to join an existing planning effort or take the lead on initiating a multi-jurisdictional
plan. Plan owners for multi-jurisdictional plans typically include counties, rural or metropolitan
planning organizations and planning districts. Multi-jurisdictional planning works best when
jurisdictions:
Share boundaries and have economic ties (workplaces and workforce housing, transportation,
critical infrastructure, etc.).
Face similar threats or hazards.
Work under the same authorities.
Have similar needs and capabilities.
Have worked well together in the past.
You will need to partner with neighboring jurisdictions that could be Tribal governments and/or
quasi-governmental agencies. These may include special districts that own and operate critical
infrastructure or that would like to apply for FEMA mitigation project grants. Special districts have an
interest in reducing threats and hazard impacts as many serve customers across multiple
jurisdictions. This is especially true if they provide services that are vital to recovery efforts.
Tribal Governments in Multi-Jurisdictional Plans
A federally recognized tribal government may also choose to participate in a multi-jurisdictional
plan. However, the Tribe must meet the requirements specified in 44 CFR §201.7, Tribal
Mitigation Planning, which are slightly different from the local planning requirements. Tribal
and local governments that are not federally recognized must meet the local mitigation
planning requirements specified in 44 CFR §201.6.
Indian Tribal government means any federally recognized governing body of an Indian or
Alaska Native Tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village or community that the Secretary of the
Interior acknowledges to exist as an Indian Tribe under the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe
List Act of 1994, 25 U.S.C. 479a. This does not include Alaska Native corporations, the
ownership of which is vested in private individuals.
The planning area refers to the geographic area the plan covers. Generally, the planning area follows
jurisdictional boundaries. These can include cities, townships, counties and planning districts.
However, watersheds or other natural features may also define planning areas. Communities may
choose this approach when hazards create similar risks across jurisdictional boundaries.
The State Hazard Mitigation Officer (SHMO) or state emergency management agency can help
communities determine the appropriate planning area, too. State planning goals and funding
Local Handbook Update
11
priorities may guide this decision. Keep in mind that the scale of the planning area should be
meaningful to participants to form an enduring resilience framework. For example, consider aligning
with established regional planning or economic development districts to leverage their planning
expertise.
After identifying the planning area and participating jurisdictions, it helps to get a written
commitment from all participants. Ask the jurisdictions to sign a Voluntary Participation Agreement
(VPA) at the start of the planning process. The VPA should outline requirements for each participating
jurisdiction. You can find a sample VPA for a multi-jurisdictional planning team in Annex B
.
1.1.3. Review Previous Plan and Scope Update
If you are updating your mitigation plan, read your community’s previously approved plan and the
Plan Review Tool (PRT). The plan is a baseline for understanding and updating hazards, risks and
community profiles. It can help you identify opportunities for improvement. Reading the previously
approved plan can also aid in identifying areas that may need more time and resources.
If you have a previously approved plan, FEMA completed Section 2 of the PRT during their review
process. It notes plan strengths and identifies opportunities for improvement. Let this guide your
priority areas for the plan update. Incorporating FEMA’s feedback can help you improve each
subsequent version of a plan.
Considerations for Plan Updates
Element E of the Guide lists specific requirements for plan updates. These requirements ask
communities to think about how circumstances have changed since their previous plan was
adopted. You can use these questions and considerations throughout your plan maintenance
cycle. However, they are especially crucial for the formal 5-year update.
1.2. Right-Sizing the Scope of the Planning Process
When developing a plan, it is crucial to make some key decisions about the plan’s focus and what it
will achieve, given the time and resources available. Not every planning process needs the same
level of effort to get to an approved plan. This is called right-sizing the plan. Develop a scope of work
(SOW) to outline what your planning process needs to accomplish to get to an approved mitigation
plan. An SOW is part of a FEMA mitigation planning grant application, but it can also be useful even if
you develop the plan without FEMA funding.
1.2.1. Preliminary Questions
When developing your SOW, use the questions in Table 2 to determine your needs. These questions
can help you match the plan development’s complexity to the cost and overall level of effort.
Local Handbook Update
12
Table 2: Preliminary Considerations
Consideration Type Key Questions
Plan Configuration Is this a new plan or a plan update?
o What can be updated simply with information from the last
5 years? What requires significant rewriting?
o Are there additional data that you need to gather and
include?
How many communities will participate and are there sufficient
resources for coordination?
How many agencies and partners need to participate to bring
resources and ideas to the table? Are there sufficient resources for
coordination?
Participant Priorities What do participants want to address?
o What hazards are of most concern?
o
What are the problem areas in the community or region?
Overall Timeline Is there a tight turnaround for having an approved mitigation plan,
such as an upcoming grant deadline, or is there some additional
time?
Needed Support Can this be done in-house with existing personnel?
Can a
local college or university assist with the planning process or
data analysis?
Is t
he level of expertise needed outside of the community’s
skillset?
Will you need contractor support?
Cost
How much will the process (plan development or update) cost,
considering costs all the way through plan adoption and approval
by FEMA?
o Do you need to apply for funding?
o What federal and state programs exist that can help pay
for the plan’s development?
1.2.2. Schedule Considerations
Preparing a mitigation plan takes time. Consider a timeline of at least 18 months for taking a plan
from initiation through approval. With an 18-month timeline, it is important to be clear about the
overall level of effort up front with all participants. Start with forming an SOW that is right-sized for
the needed planning effort and can accommodate all participants, including underserved
communities and socially vulnerable populations. Get signed VPAs from all participating jurisdictions
who plan to engage with and adopt the final plan.
Local Handbook Update
13
It is also important to account for the parts of the process that add time, such as:
Findin
g and pursuing funding and/or in-kind support for the planning process and resulting
documents.
Find
ing and hiring a contractor, if needed, and following all applicable procurement rules and
processes.
Stat
e and FEMA review. Budget at least 6 months for this. Your review may not take this long, but
it is better to plan for a longer review period to avoid your plan expiring.
Ado
ption and FEMA approval. Coordination and correspondence around adoption and approval
can also add time to your schedule.
Mitigation plans are approved for a period of 5 years. To keep grant eligibility, the plan must be
updated and approved every five years. When scoping a plan update, develop the SOW and pursue
funding no later than the third year of the plan’s approval period. It can take up to 12 months to
secure funding. This means that pursuing funding in the third year will allow plenty of time to get to
an approved plan. These general timelines also apply to new plans. Pursue grant funding 3 years
before you want to have an approved plan. Remember it may take at least 18 months to develop a
plan.
Mitigation plans can be developed in a multitude of ways. Whether funding a contractor to help
complete the work, or a commitment of time and resources, there is a cost to mitigation planning.
Communities may choose to develop plans themselves, relying on local funds, time, and effort. Other
communities may lack the necessary skillsets to develop a plan themselves. In those cases, FEMA
HMA programs can provide funding to develop a mitigation plan. Coordinating with the SHMO can
help clarify which path might work best for a particular participant.
For more information on scoping considerations, watch FEMA’s Starting Your Mitigation Story with
Scoping your Mitigation Plan training and review the
Considerations for Local Mitigation Planning
Grant Subapplications Job Aid.
1.3. Organizing Resources
After you have determined your planning area, outlined the SOW, and made crucial planning process
decisions, it is time to organize your resources to support the planning process. Resources can be
your partners, data resources, plans and studies, and technical assistance.
1.3.1. People and Partnerships
The planning process is powered by staff, stakeholders and volunteers from across the private,
public and non-governmental sectors. Many partnership options can exist within a planning area.
These options can be based on current planning projects, relationships and partnerships. Think
Local Handbook Update
14
about whether your community works with regional organizations, councils of government, or other
established multi-jurisdictional partnerships for planning activities.
Creating a mitigation plan does not require formal training in community planning, engineering or
science. However, you should include subject matter experts in the planning process. Consider how
personnel or contractors can help with:
Identifying hazards, assessing vulnerabilities, and understanding significant risks.
Facilitating meetings, involving partners and the public, and decision-making activities.
Forming an organized and functional plan with maps or other graphics.
You have many options when considering outside help for plan development. You could contract with
a regional planning agency, local college or state university. You may also want to reach out to
another community that has already finished the planning process for advice. Before getting outside
help from any of these sources, consider:
The SOW, including administration, coordination and engagement.
The expertise, type and extent of help needed.
The level of interaction between support services, other members of the planning team, partners
and the public.
Private consultants are another resource. They can help you coordinate, manage and carry out the
mitigation planning process. Consultants can support facilitation, administration and documentation
of the planning process. All information should be provided by and approved by each participant. If
your community decides to hire a consultant, consider looking for a professional planning firm. Any
support services for the planning process should:
Recognize the unique demographic, geographic, technical and political considerations of each
participating community.
Show knowledge or experience with land use and community development.
Know all the policies and regulations that apply to the mitigation plan. This should include
federal law, FEMA regulations and policies, state laws and local ordinances.
Know that community input and public participation are key to any successful mitigation plan.
Have demonstrable mitigation planning experience working with underserved communities and
socially vulnerable populations.
Show familiarity with emergency management and multi-hazard mitigation, climate adaptation
and resilience concepts.
Local Handbook Update
15
Share past performance information and references
For more information on engaging the right people and partners in the planning process, see Task 2:
Build the Planning Team.
1.3.2. Plans, Studies and Data
Plans, studies and data are important inputs for the planning process. The plan must document the
current technical information, plans, reports and studies used in the plan. Incorporating these
resources makes sure you build off of the latest research and data, which leads to a stronger, more
comprehensive mitigation plan. Carefully review related documents and data. If something can help
you assess your risks, vulnerabilities and capabilities or set a strategy, include it in the plan.
Policy Connection: Element A4
Does the plan describe the review and incorporation of existing plans, studies, reports and
technical information?
1.3.2.1 INCORPORATING OTHER PLANNING MECHANISMS
Hazard mitigation planning, and community planning in general, does not happen in a vacuum. The
mitigation plan should support and be supported by other local plans and policies. This can ensure
the success of mitigation actions. It can also bolster the effectiveness of other planning mechanisms
in working toward resilience. Take the time to gather these plans and policies and see how they may
tie in to risk reduction.
Table 3: Planning Mechanisms that Support the Mitigation Plan
Planning
Mechanism
What it Supports What to Look For
Climate Action or
Adaptation Plan
Risk Assessment
Mitigation Strategy
Detailed climate projections; descriptions
of climate risks; existing climate-related
goals and actions
Comprehensive,
General, or Master
Plan
Risk Assessment
Capability Assessment
Information on hazards, development
trends, goals and policies, land use plans,
and other ordinances that support risk
reduction
Emergency
Operations Plan
Risk Assessment
Capability Assessment
Data on hazards or events of concern and
vulnerabilities
Local Handbook Update
16
Planning
Mechanism
What it Supports What to Look For
Economic
Development
Strategy or Plan
Planning Process
Risk Assessment
Mitigation Strategy
Existing partners; prioritized economic
growth areas, growth industries and their
relative risks
Emergency Action
Plan (EAP) for
Dams
Risk Assessment
High-Hazard Potential Dam
Requirements
Location and characteristics of dams;
inundation maps
Land Use
Ordinances
Risk Assessment
Capability Assessment
Hazard-specific provisions and overall
development rules
Pre-Disaster
Recovery Plan
Planning Process
Risk Assessment
Mitigation Strategy
Information on potential partners; risk
reduction plans and strategies
Before you start the planning process, find out if other planning efforts could be aligned or integrated
with the mitigation plan. This can save time and money and can also lead to better outcomes for
your community. For instance, you could fold mitigation plan development into the community’s
process for updating their comprehensive plan, economic development plan, or community wildfire
protection plan. However, keep in mind that not every planning mechanism can coordinate with your
mitigation plan.
Community Rating System (CRS) Alignment
Be sure to identify and document CRS communities (or those that plan to join in the next 5
years) early in the planning process. Many CRS communities rely on their local mitigation plan
updates for critical Activity 510 credit. While there are many overlaps between mitigation
planning and CRS requirements, there are some differences. Knowing those differences and
addressing them from the beginning will allow a community to maximize the CRS credits
earned from the mitigation plan. If the mitigation plan does not meet the CRS planning
requirements, you will need to develop a separate plan. Refer to FEMA’s Mitigation Planning
and the Community Rating System Key Topics Bulletin for more information.
More information on aligning the mitigation planning process to CRS credits can be found in
the CRS crosswalk.
1.3.2.2 FEMA RISK MAPPING, ASSESSMENT AND PLANNING (RISK MAP) PRODUCTS
The Risk MAP program supports community resilience by providing data, building partnerships, and
supporting long-term hazard mitigation planning. FEMA provides flood hazard and risk data products
Local Handbook Update
17
to help guide mitigation actions. These products fall into two categories: regulatory and non-
regulatory.
Communities use regulatory products as the basis for official actions required by the NFIP.
Traditionally, FEMA flood studies produce regulatory products for a community. These include a
Flood Insurance Study (FIS) Report and Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs) that communities use
for floodplain management purposes. The FIRMs are the official community maps that show special
flood hazard areas and flood risk premium zones. When the NFIP completes a flood study, the data
and maps are assembled into an FIS report. This report has detailed flood elevation data in flood
profiles and data tables. These maps and products can be primary sources of flood data for your
local plan. It is key to understand that flood hazards are dynamic and change over time because of
development, land use changes, climate change and other variables.
Non-regulatory products go beyond the basic flood hazard information found in the regulatory
products. These products provide a more user-friendly analysis of flood risks within a Risk MAP Flood
Risk Project. They include:
Changes Since Last FIRM. This shows changes made to the regulatory floodplain and floodway
during a map update.
Water Surface Elevation Grids. This dataset allows the user to find flood elevations for the entire
floodplain.
Flood Depth Grids. These illustrate the varying flood depths in flood prone areas.
Percent Annual Chance Grids. These display the likelihood that a given location will flood in any
single year.
Not every community receives both regulatory and non-regulatory products. The FEMA Map Service
Center is the best place to find these materials. Communities should review the products available
for their area when beginning or updating a mitigation plan.
1.3.3. Technical Assistance
Some parts of the planning process or plan preparation can benefit from technical assistance. If you
need outside technical assistance to help form the plan, think about how to use that aid to build
long-term community capabilities. Creating a mitigation plan does not require formal training in
community planning, engineering or science. However, subject matter experts should be included in
the planning process. Consider how personnel or contractors can help with:
Identifying hazards, assessing vulnerabilities and understanding significant risks.
Facilitating meetings, partner and public involvement, and decision-making activities.
Forming an organized and functional plan with maps or other graphics.
Local Handbook Update
18
Both states and FEMA provide training and technical assistance to local governments as a part of
their mission. The state is responsible for providing training and technical assistance in applying for
HMA grants and developing mitigation plans. To better understand what kind of technical assistance
may be available to your local community, reach out to your SHMO
.
Different grant programs may also provide some level of technical assistance based on the grant
type and potential project. The Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities (BRIC) grant
program offers non-financial direct technical assistance. This can provide mitigation planning help.
Local Handbook Update
19
Task 2. Build the Planning Team
2.1. Building the Planning Team
The second key task at the start of the planning process is to bring together a diverse and inclusive
planning team. These representatives should come from each participating jurisdiction and partner
organization, especially those with data, funding sources or comprehensive local knowledge. As
discussed in Task 1
, these planning partners have the necessary expertise to inform the plan.
Additionally, partner organizations may have the authority to carry out the mitigation strategy
developed through the planning process. The planning team is the core group of people responsible
for:
Developing and reviewing drafts of the plan.
Informing the risk assessment.
Developing the mitigation goals and strategy.
Submitting the plan for local adoption by each participant.
Many local agencies have an interest in, and tasks related to, mitigation. The planning process
should include these agencies. For example, emergency management and community planning staff
in local government have unique knowledge and skills. These skillsets make them potential leaders
for the planning process. Local emergency management staff know area-specific threats, hazards,
risks, vulnerabilities and past occurrences. They may also have more experience working with state
and federal agencies on mitigation projects and activities. Community planning staff are familiar with
zoning and subdivision regulations, land use plans, economic development initiatives, climate
adaptation and resilience plans and projects, and long-term funding and planning mechanisms to
carry out mitigation strategies. They may be trained to do public outreach, lead and facilitate
meetings and develop a plan.
Community development and emergency management staff can lead the development of a local
mitigation plan. Other departments may be able to do the same. When determining leadership, think
about who has the time and resources to commit to the whole planning process. It can be helpful to
designate a lead jurisdiction who is handling all the coordination for the plan. Each jurisdiction in a
multi-jurisdictional plan should have a lead representative to coordinate its planning process, engage
partners and conduct public outreach.
2.1.1. Multi-Jurisdictional Planning Team
If you are developing a multi-jurisdictional plan, creating a group planning team structure that allows
for coordination and accountability between jurisdictions is key. If using this approach, each
jurisdiction should have at least one representative on the planning team. This representative will
Local Handbook Update
20
coordinate and delegate any tasks within their part of the planning area. They should also manage
the inputs and content (including public outreach and engagement) they contribute to the plan. Each
participating jurisdiction, including special districts, will need to meet the requirements to be able to
adopt the plan. This means being an active participant in the planning process. It also means
providing local context and detail, as well as reviewing the draft plan and providing comments.
Not every planning team will be the same. The structure of the planning team depends on the needs
of local participants. Think about different types of organizational structures when you form your
planning team. This could include a planning committee divided into one steering committee and
one separate planning team for each participating jurisdiction. The core planning group can manage
the overall plan activities. It can also directly help with the decision-making process.
Some planning teams may have a single point of contact (POC) or representative for each
jurisdiction. Others may have more than one. Even if the planning team has more than one
representative from a particular jurisdiction, it is a good idea to designate one lead POC for each
jurisdiction. This person will report back to their departments, partners and the public on a regular
basis. They will also gather feedback and input for the plan from stakeholders.
Requirements for Multi-Jurisdictional Plans
Any jurisdiction or organization may join in the planning process. However, to request FEMA’s
approval of the plan and thus be eligible for HMA grants, each local jurisdiction must meet all
of the requirements of 44 CFR §201.6. In addition to the requirement for participation in the
process, each jurisdiction in a multi-jurisdictional plan must show that they have done the
following:
Identified hazards specific to their jurisdiction and addressed specific vulnerabilities (each
jurisdiction’s risk likely differs from those of the entire multi-jurisdictional planning area).
Discussed their participation in the NFIP and identified repetitive loss properties.
Developed mitigation action items that addressed each identified hazard.
Identified opportunities for integrating the completed plan into other planning
mechanisms.
Addressed changes in development since the last plan and how this affected vulnerability
(plan updates only).
Provided the status of all previous mitigation actions (plan updates only).
Formally adopted the plan.
Any participating jurisdiction that develops mitigation actions in the plan must identify what
its capabilities are to support the mitigation strategy.
Local Handbook Update
21
The mitigation plan must clearly list the jurisdictions that participated in the plan and are
seeking plan approval. It also helps to include a map of the planning area with jurisdictional
boundaries marked.
2.1.2. Identify Planning Team Members
When building the mitigation planning team, start with existing community organizations or
committees. For mitigation plan updates, bring together as many members of the team from the last
planning process as possible. Add in any new individuals or organizations. A committee that
oversees the comprehensive plan or addresses issues related to land use, transportation or public
facilities can be a strong foundation for your team.
Adding in a diverse array of planning team members can create a comprehensive view of how
threats and hazards affect:
Economic development.
Housing, health and social services.
Infrastructure.
Natural and cultural resources.
Underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations.
You can also build on your community’s Local Emergency Planning Committee
(LEPC). This group
deals with hazardous materials safety and may also address other threats and natural hazard
issues. In small communities, LEPCs may comprise the same people and organizations that the
mitigation planning team needs.
2.1.2.1 REQUIRED STAKEHOLDERS
Stakeholders are individuals or groups that a mitigation action or policy affects. Stakeholders may
include businesses, private organizations and residents. Involving them in the planning process
helps to gain support for the plan and identify barriers to carrying it out.
It is crucial to distinguish between those who should serve as members of the planning team and
other stakeholders. Planning team members work in all stages of the planning process; stakeholders
may not. However, they can advise the planning team on a specific topic. They can also give input
from varied points of view in the community.
Some stakeholders must have the chance to be on the planning team or otherwise involved in the
planning process:
Local Handbook Update
22
Local and regional agencies involved in hazard mitigation activities. Examples include public
works, emergency management, local floodplain administration and Geographic Information
Systems (GIS) departments.
Agencies that have the authority to regulate development. Examples include zoning, planning,
community and economic development departments, building officials, planning, commissions
and other elected officials.
Neighboring communities. Examples include adjacent local governments, including special
districts and tribes, that are affected by similar hazard events. They also may share a mitigation
action or project that crosses jurisdictional boundaries.
Businesses, academia and other private interests. Examples include private utilities, chambers
of commerce, dam owners, local or regional educational centers within the jurisdiction, or major
employers that sustain community lifelines.
Nonprofit organizations, including community-based organizations, that work directly with and/or
provide support to underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations. It is key to
bring partners to the table who can speak to the unique needs of these groups. They can make
sure the planning process supports these populations and includes their voices in the plan.
These groups may include:
o Faith-based organizations.
o Disability services agencies or non-governmental organizations (NGOs).
o Rural support agencies.
o Health and social services departments.
o Housing agencies and housing advocacy groups.
An opportunity to be involved in the planning process means that these stakeholders are invited to
participate. It could also mean they are asked to share information or input to inform the plan’s
content. Some communities may need more targeted outreach and engagement. This is especially
true of underserved communities. Outreach and engagement efforts should respond to the
communities’ specific needs. For instance, some community members may lack access to high-
speed internet. As such, they may not be able to access websites, social media campaigns, email
newsletters or virtual meetings.
Spotlight on High Hazard Potential Dams
The Water Infrastructure Improvements for the Nation Act added the Rehabilitation of High
Hazard Potential Dams (HHPD) grant program that includes all dam risks.
Local Handbook Update
23
To be eligible for HHPD grants, local governments must have:
Jurisdiction over the area of an eligible dam.
An approved local mitigation plan that includes all dam risks and complies with the
Stafford Act, as amended.
When designing the planning process, localities must engage the state dam safety agency
and/or dam owners. These partners will have data to support addressing and reducing risks to
and from dams in the planning area. The plan must describe how these partners participated
and what data they provided. To be eligible for HHPD funding, bring these partners into the
planning process early and engage them often.
The Guide outlines the full HHPD requirements to have an approved local mitigation plan that
includes all dam risks. Those elements include the planning process, risk assessment, etc. The
full list is in Section 4.7 of the Guide. The HHPD requirements do not need to be addressed in
a separate section of the plan. They can be woven into the appropriate section. For multi-
jurisdictional plans, consider meeting the requirements for all participating jurisdictions,
including special districts.
To meet requirement HHPD1, the local mitigation plan must:
Describe how the local government coordinated with local dam owners and/or the state
dam safety agency.
Document the information shared by the state and/or local dam owners. Examples may
include:
- Location and size of the population at risk, as well as potential impacts to institutions
and critical infrastructure/facilities/lifelines.
- Inundation maps, EAPs, floodplain management plans and/or data, or summaries
provided by dam breach modeling software, such as HEC-RAS, DSS-WISE HCOM, DSS-
WISE Lite, FLO-2D, as well as more detailed studies.
2.1.2.2 COMMUNITY LIFELINE STAKEHOLDERS
Stakeholders should also include people who represent community lifelines. Community lifelines are
the vital services in a community. When stabilized, they enable all other aspects of society to
function. Think about the agencies or companies that represent your community’s lifelines and invite
them to be a stakeholder for your mitigation plan.
Local Handbook Update
24
Table 4: Community Lifeline Stakeholder Contributions to the Plan
Lifeline Example(s)
Safety and Security
Law enforcement, police
stations, site security, fire
service, search and rescue,
government service
(emergency operations
centers, government offices,
schools, historic/cultural
resources), community
safety.
Provide first-hand
knowledge of past hazard
events and response
systems.
Connect the mitigation plan
to the Threat and Hazard
Identification Risk
Assessment (THIRA)
planning process and vice
versa.
Share data on lifeline
locations, protection
measures and capabilities
that support local resilience.
Hazardous Materials Oil and HAZMAT facilities.
Food, Water, Shelter
Food distribution programs,
commercial food supply
chain, drinking water utilities,
wastewater systems, housing
and commercial facilities,
animals and agriculture.
Coordinate housing issues
to identify risk and
vulnerabilities to this sector
and lifeline.
Ensure the mitigation
strategy directs new and
redeveloped housing away
from hazard areas and uses
the latest building codes to
maintain safe housing.
Use the planning process to:
o Understand high-risk
areas and at-risk
populations.
o Increase awareness of
potential funding to
support housing
development and
maintaining Food,
Water, and Shelter
lifelines.
Share data on lifeline
locations, protection
measures, and capabilities
that support local resilience.
Local Handbook Update
25
Lifeline Example(s)
Health and Medical
Medical care, hospitals,
pharmacies, home care,
public health services,
emergency medical services,
medical supply chain, fatality
management services.
Help the planning team
understand social
vulnerability in the
community, including
underlying stressors.
Help identify actions and
projects that reduce risk
exposure for underserved
communities and socially
vulnerable populations.
Link socially vulnerable
populations or the
organizations that serve
them to grants and other
assistance, before and after
a disaster.
Connect traditional health,
medical and social services
and mitigation funds.
Integrate mitigation into the
disaster recovery process.
Share data on lifeline
locations, protection
measures, and capabilities
that support local resilience.
Energy
Power grid generation,
transmission, and distribution
systems, fuel processing,
storage, pipelines, and
distribution.
Identify at-risk infrastructure
assets, including
transportation, energy,
communications, water
conveyance and supply
chains.
Develop and prioritize
mitigation actions for at-risk
assets.
Transportation
Highways, roads, bridges,
mass transit, railway,
aviation, maritime.
Local Handbook Update
26
Lifeline Example(s)
Communications
Infrastructure (wireless,
cable, broadcast, satellite,
internet), responder
communications, alerts,
warnings, and messages,
financial banking services,
911 and dispatch.
Integrate resilience into
infrastructure investment
decisions.
Share data on lifeline
locations, protection
measures, and capabilities
that support local resilience
of infrastructure (highways,
roads, bridges, mass transit,
railway, aviation, maritime).
Develop and prioritize
mitigation actions for at-risk
assets.
Integrate resilience into
infrastructure investment
decisions.
Share data on lifeline
locations, protection
measures, and capabilities
that support local resilience
(cable, broadcast, satellite,
internet)
Develop and prioritize
mitigation actions for at-risk
assets.
Using the Guides to Expanding Mitigation to Identify Partners
FEMA’s Guides to Expanding Mitigation cover a wide range of topics to help mitigation planners
find new and innovative ways to support mitigation activities while engaging diverse partners
and stakeholders. These guides help local communities inform and update mitigation plans.
They include connecting mitigation to the following topics, among others:
Agriculture.
Public health.
Transportation.
Older adults.
People with disabilities.
Equity.
Local Handbook Update
27
2.1.2.3 OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
Each jurisdiction may define other interested stakeholders. These depend on the unique
characteristics and resources of the community. The following stakeholders are vital in mitigation
planning:
Elected officials and planning commission members. Elected officials are responsible for
protecting the health, safety and welfare of their residents. They are often leaders or members of
the governing bodies that adopt the plan. The level of support that the elected officials give to
the mitigation plan’s goals and actions guides the plan’s progress and implementation. It also
guides the resilience of the community.
Business leaders and large employers. Economic resiliency drives a community’s recovery after a
disaster. A key part of mitigation planning is identifying the economic assets and drivers whose
loss or inability to operate would severely affect the community’s ability to recover from a
disaster. Involve economic development officials, the local chamber of commerce and business
leaders in the planning process. This can encourage them to be partners in future mitigation
work. Teaching them about local risks and vulnerabilities helps this process. Economic sector
representatives invited to participate in the plan should include private businesses that sustain
community lifelines. These employers could be private utilities, housing and hotel owners,
television and radio stations, hospitals, pharmacies and food suppliers.
Regional, state and federal agencies. Public agencies are key resources for data and technical
information. These include regional planning agencies, geological surveys, forestry divisions,
emergency management offices, dam safety agencies and weather service offices. These groups
can work at the regional, state and federal government levels. They are key resources for data
and technical information. They may also be able to provide financial assistance. These agencies
may have programs that will help you meet your mitigation planning goals.
Cultural institutions. Cultural institutions often have special mitigation needs. These include
museums, libraries and theatres. For example, they may be in a historic building or house
collections that need special protection from hazards. They also may collect records and historic
information on natural disasters in your community. For more information, see
Integrating
Historic Property and Cultural Resource Considerations into Hazard Mitigation Planning.
Colleges and universities. Like public agencies, academic institutions have key resources to aid
planning efforts. These resources may include natural hazards data, GIS mapping and analysis,
or research on successful ways to reduce risk. The planning team may be able to work with a
local college or university to engage students in the planning process. This may also help to
complete research and analysis that the mitigation plan needs. You could partner with the urban
planning, geology, emergency management, geography or environmental studies departments.
Participating in the mitigation planning process can also help local colleges and universities
understand and reduce threat and hazard risks on their campuses.
Local Handbook Update
28
Nonprofit organizations. These groups often act as advocates for residents. They can be key to
public outreach, information sharing and getting support for the plan’s mitigation actions.
Nonprofit organizations might include:
o Disaster preparedness and response groups, such as the local Red Cross.
o Parks, recreation or conservation groups.
o Historic preservation groups.
o Faith-based organizations.
o Parent-teacher groups.
o Climate change groups.
o Community-based groups that work with underserved communities, such as a local food
bank. Other organizations may include housing, healthcare or social services providers.
Neighborhood groups or community leaders. Many communities have neighborhood and
homeowners’ associations that are active and engaged in community activities. These groups
can share key information about local risks and possible mitigation solutions in specific areas.
Both neighborhood groups and community leaders often know the specific needs of socially
vulnerable populations or underserved communities. They can make sure those groups’ interests
are accurately represented. They can also share information via newsletters and meetings.
In any of these categories, think about how you can include organizations that aid underserved
communities and socially vulnerable populations. This will help to ensure equitable access to the
planning process and the meaningful participation of all residents.
Many different stakeholders could join in the planning process. Building an outreach strategy can
help you find the right contacts and contributions for each stakeholder or group. You may choose
which stakeholders you contact directly, and which you include in outreach to the general public.
Your choices will depend on your community’s needs and the timeline for plan development.
2.1.3. Promote Participation and Buy-In
After you find potential planning team members and stakeholders, it is important to keep them
engaged throughout the planning process. Getting team members with competing priorities to invest
time and energy in the mitigation planning process can be difficult.
It is crucial to decide what planning team members and partners need to contribute. It is also key to
decide how you will invite them to participate. When developing a plan, think about what worked and
what didn’t during the previous planning process. The following are ways to recruit potential team
members:
Local Handbook Update
29
After you send an email or letter invitation, follow it up with a phone call. Talk about why their
participation is needed. It will also give you a chance to answer any questions they may have.
Send a formal invitation signed by an elected official or department head. Include a meeting
agenda in the invitation. This can help to capture the interest of potential participants. It can also
add a measure of structure to the planning process.
Hold each meeting at a convenient time and place for everyone.
Provide beverages or food at meetings to boost attendance and attention spans.
The people you invite will want to know what you expect of them. They will also want to know why
their presence is important. Table 5 provides examples of how specific stakeholders can support the
planning process.
Table 5: Opportunities for Stakeholders to Support the Process
Contributor How They Can Support the Plan
Community planners
Help the planning team understand:
o Past, current and future community development trends.
o The policies or activities that affect development.
o The relationship between hazards and development,
especially effects on underserved communities.
o The expected future climate change impacts and their
influence on hazards.
o
Local outreach, facilitation and consensus building.
Emergency managers
Provide perspective as first responders. They have information on
past events and existing preparedness measures.
Connect to the state emergency management agency.
GIS specialists
Analyze and map data to support the planning process.
Explain complex information. This information may include the
locations of at-risk assets in threat- or hazard-prone areas. It may
also include damage estimates for a specific disaster scenario.
Public works/engineering
staff
Help identify current or projected problems for the community’s
infrastructure that the plan can address.
May be able to outreach with dam owners / operators and provide
relevant information.
Elected and executive
officials
Build public buy-in for the plan and investing in mitigation.
Explain how the mitigation plan can support other social, economic
or environmental goals of the community.
Local Handbook Update
30
Contributor How They Can Support the Plan
Floodplain administrators
Provide information on your community’s flood hazard maps,
floodplain ordinance and repetitive loss properties.
Identify actions to continue compliance with the NFIP, maintain or
improve CRS scores, and reduce flood losses.
Provide ideas on integrating the mitigation plan with floodplain
management plans and policies.
State and federal
partners
Provide expertise and data available from programs with
complementary missions.
Support identifying and using resources across agencies.
Historic preservation and
environmental protection
staff
Help identify sensitive areas and areas of historical and cultural
significance.
Provide insight into any endangered species or ecological
preservation plans.
Finance staff
Identify potential funding sources.
Share expertise identifying, applying for and managing grants.
Public Information Officer
(or other communication
staff)
Develop and/or implement your outreach and engagement
strategy.
Land use and
development partners
including the agency or
department that
regulates building codes
Share future land use and development knowledge to assess
vulnerability.
Help the planning team connect development patterns to when
and where hazards may occur.
Reduce local risk by directing development away from hazard
areas and supporting hazard-resistant building codes.
Spotlight on Coastal Communities
Coastal communities face unique challenges that require specialists or subject matter experts
to provide detailed and location-specific information. State coastal management programs can
be helpful partners in the planning process for coastal communities. Most administer state
funding programs to fill data gaps, support local planning, implement projects, and/or monitor
outcomes. There is a FEMA-developed Guide to Expanding Mitigation Making the Connection to
the Coast available online
Coastal management programs have technical expertise in, and can provide information that
helps with:
Hazard profiles and vulnerability assessment e.g. previous storm damages, coastal
erosion, impacts of coastal flooding on coastal habitat, data on effects of climate change;
Local Handbook Update
31
Capability assessment, e.g. current environmental regulations in effect, ongoing and
planned initiatives to improve coastal water quality; and
Mitigation strategy, e.g. regulatory methods that could improve beach and shoreline
management, as well as have natural hazard risk reduction benefits.
Examples of state coastal programs who have been effective planning partners to local
communities updating their local mitigation plans, by supplying data for risk assessment, or
supporting plan integration are:
Oregon: Oregon Coastal Management Program coastal planners have connected local
mitigation planners with state tsunami vulnerability data and supported local mapping, the
adoption of Tsunami Hazard Overlay Zones, development of Tsunami Evacuation Facility
Improvement Plans (TEFIPs), and more. See Planning Assistance available, especially for
Tsunami Planning.
California: In partnership with the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research and other
state and Federal agency partners, the California Coastal Commission has helped develop
the Plan Alignment Toolkit, which provides guidance for aligning data, development, and
stakeholder engagement processes for the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan, General Plan,
Local Coastal Program Plan, Adaptation Plan/Framework, Community Wildfire Protection
Plan, Disaster Recovery Plan/Framework, and Emergency Operations Plan.
Planning efforts can be more successful if the team receives official authority to form the mitigation
plan. The planning team could get official recognition in the form of a council resolution or a
voluntary participation agreement (VPA). This can:
Show community support.
Increase commitment to the process.
Improve the chances that the mitigation actions listed in the plan will be carried out successfully.
2.1.4. Engage Local Leadership
Local elected officials and staff should provide strong leadership throughout the planning process.
Leadership from elected officials with an interest in improving safety and disaster resiliency gives the
planning process visibility and supports stakeholder participation.
It is also key to have a strong advocate or local champion for mitigation on the planning team. This
champion can help gain the support and participation of local officials and community leaders.
Local Handbook Update
32
Policy Connection: Element A2
Does the plan document an opportunity for neighboring communities, local and regional
agencies involved in hazard mitigation activities, and agencies that have the authority to
regulate development, as well as businesses, academia and other private and non-profit
interests to be involved in the planning process?
Local Handbook Update
33
Task 3. Create an Outreach
Strategy
An important benefit of the mitigation planning process is that it promotes awareness of risks and
elevates the conversation about making a safer, more resilient community. A plan that accurately
reflects the community’s values and priorities will generate more community support. That support
will lead to success in carrying out mitigation actions and projects that reduce risk.
Federal regulations for mitigation plan approval require that stakeholders and the general public are
given opportunities to be involved in the plan’s development process. Input from community
members can strengthen the content and outcomes of the mitigation plan. The plan must also state
how public involvement will continue as the plan is carried out during its lifetime.
An outreach strategy identifies what you want to achieve through your outreach efforts. It also
identifies who to involve in the process, and how and when to effectively engage the community.
Every participating jurisdiction can employ a slightly tailored engagement strategy that suits their
community’s demographics and needs in addition to the lead jurisdiction’s engagement strategy.
Successful Outreach
Informs and educates about hazards and risks.
Invites interested parties to share their views and ideas for mitigation.
Identifies conflicts and incorporates a wide range of views and priorities early in the
process.
Shares data and information that improve the overall quality and accuracy of the plan.
Ensures transparency and builds trust.
Maximizes chances to carry out the plan through greater agreement and acceptance.
Case Study: Watsonville, California
The City of Watsonville’s Planning Committee showed their dedication to public outreach in
their Local Hazard Mitigation Plan. Committee meetings were open to the public and
participation was highly encouraged. Input from the public was heavily considered in the
development of the plan. All promotional and meeting materials are shown in the Local Hazard
Mitigation Plan. Interpreters attended each meeting and materials were offered in both English
and Spanish. Meetings also offered free parking and refreshments. A public survey gathered
Local Handbook Update
34
input for the hazard identification and prioritization process. These public engagement
activities helped the committee identify hazards, assess risk and vulnerability, record critical
facilities, and develop and prioritize mitigation actions.
3.1. Plan for Public Involvement
The public must be given an opportunity to be involved in the planning process. A good public
outreach effort does more than just inform the public of the plan’s development. It teaches the
public and motivates them to act.
Even though members of the public may not be technical experts, they can:
Identify community assets and problem areas.
Describe issues of concern.
Share threat and hazard history.
Prioritize proposed mitigation alternatives.
Share ideas for long-term public involvement after plan adoption.
Many mitigation actions will happen on private property. This means that the public should be
engaged early to understand community priorities. Public engagement should happen during each
step of the planning process.
Step Role of the Public
At the beginning of
the planning
process…
Introduce the plan update and identify potential areas of concern that
should be included. Ask the public about the biggest issues that they see:
“What keeps you up at night?”
“What hazards concern you the most?
“How do these hazards affect your home, work or neighborhood?”
Once the risk
assessment is
complete…
Review progress and provide additional local context to the hazard profiles.
Help identify potential actions for the mitigation strategy.
After the final draft
of the plan is
finished…
Review the plan. The public needs to be given an opportunity for review.
The planning team should carefully consider their feedback and make
edits to the draft as necessary.
Local Handbook Update
35
3.2. Create an Equitable Planning Process
Elevating Equity in Mitigation Planning
The Guide states that, “local jurisdictions have a responsibility to ensure that the plan’s
mitigation strategy complies with all applicable legal requirements related to civil rights, to
ensure nondiscrimination. Such compliance can help achieve equitable outcomes through the
mitigation planning process for all communities, including underserved communities and
socially vulnerable populations.”
Throughout the planning process, local jurisdictions should make sure their mitigation program
meets the needs of the whole community. The mitigation program benefits all residents, including
underserved and socially vulnerable populations. To do this, the Guide asks local governments to
plan for equitable outcomes. FEMA defines equity as the consistent and systematic fair, just and
impartial treatment of all individuals. By leading with equity, jurisdictions can form mitigation
strategies that protect the whole community. FEMA has created an Equity in Mitigation Planning
resource that will be updated with new information as it becomes available.
There are three ways to think about equity within the planning process.
Procedural Equity is committing to equity in the planning process itself. This means:
Making clear, fair and inclusive processes. Work with partners who represent underserved
groups and socially vulnerable populations to design and implement outreach and engagement
methods that will reach the most marginalized and/or vulnerable members of the community.
Giving chances for meaningful input. Underserved groups should have a true voice in planning
and prioritizing mitigation. Invite nonprofit and community-based organizations that support
these groups to join the local mitigation planning team. Invite other representatives as well.
Welcome them to share their input throughout the planning process.
Structural Equity builds on the need for accountability. It supports learning the history that led to
privilege. It also supports working to correct past harms. You can address this by:
Talking about equity early and often with the planning team. Use the principles of equity in all
decision-making processes, from initial outreach to publication of the plan.
Recognizing and dealing with the societal systems that cause inequity.
Forming organizational infrastructure to address inequities. This should happen both at the staff
and leadership levels. If inequities are raised during the planning process, make sure there are
tools and paths to fix them. Think about working with consultants who have expertise in diversity,
equity and inclusion, often referred to as DEI.
Local Handbook Update
36
Distributional Equity asks, “Do programs result in the fair sharing of benefits and burdens across the
community? Do they focus on areas and populations with the greatest need?” Distributional equity is
most crucial to think about during the mitigation strategy. This is where the local government sets its
goals and actions. It is vital to use a distributional equity lens when you assess and prioritize
mitigation actions and projects. Distributional equity makes sure that communities that hazards
disproportionately harm get benefits from mitigation actions to meet their needs.
The Guide to Expanding Mitigation: Making the Connection to Equity defines social vulnerability as
the potential for loss within an individual or social group. The term recognizes that some
characteristics affect an individual’s or group’s ability to prepare, respond, cope or recover from an
event. These may differ from community to community, but they often include:
High poverty.
Limited access to a vehicle.
Age (very old or very young).
Limited English language skills.
Disability status.
Race.
Ethnicity.
These factors can increase vulnerability. That is why the most at-risk members in a community often
suffer the worst losses from disasters. These community members may not trust the government.
They may be regularly left out of planning activities. They may also have little access to information
about what to do before or after a hazard event.
Equity in mitigation planning removes barriers to the process, allowing everyone to participate in,
have access to, and benefit from the process. It also means the plan’s mitigation strategies (e.g.,
structural, regulatory, nature-based, and outreach and awareness campaigns) increase the safety of
everyone. It is important to continuously and intentionally address equity challenges in the planning
process. Table 6 shares some common challenges and possible solutions to increase the equity of
your outreach.
Demographic Data
If you don’t know where to start looking for who to include, start by building a profile of your
community. The American Community Survey and U.S. Census QuickFacts provide basic
demographic data that can help you determine who to include. This profile also provides the
basis for who may be impacted by the hazards identified in the risk assessment. It may also
factor into the projects you select in the mitigation strategy.
Local Handbook Update
37
Table 6: Challenges and Solutions for Equitable Outreach
Challenge
Possible Solutions
Physical Barriers
including a lack of
transportation
Provide transportation vouchers and hold
meetings in locations easily accessible via
public transit.
Social Barriers
including a lack of childcare
needed to attend meetings and workshops.
Provide free childcare at all public planning
workshops.
Make sure to communicate this amenity well
in advance to allow parents and caregivers
time to plan ahead.
Temporal Barriers
such as holding meetings
during times when most people are working.
Make sure to hold meetings during non-
business hours, i.e., during evenings or on
weekends.
Limited English Language Proficiency
Provide translators and publish public-facing
documents in languages other than English,
if relevant to your community.
Historic Institutional Inequities
towards many
socially vulnerable populations and
underserved groups may make certain
community members less likely to engage with
planning teams or to trust that their input will
be respected and incorporated.
Work to address this by being transparent
and taking an active listening role.
Communicate how information will be
collected and used.
Acknowledge historic inequities while
emphasizing that the planning process is a
path towards resilience for the community’s
most at-risk residents.
Accessibility Barriers
such as a lack of
accommodation for those with visual or hearing
impairments.
Provide closed captioning for virtual
meetings and American Sign Language (ASL)
interpreters for in-person engagements.
Case Study: Amherst, MA
The town of Amherst, Massachusetts, got funding for a Municipal Vulnerability Preparedness
(MVP) Planning Grant in 2018. From the start, Amherst sought guidance from community
organizations and community members. It wanted to learn how best to reach out to those
residents who were often left out of town decision making and governance. A community
liaison was engaged to conduct targeted outreach work in marginalized communities. Town
staff had joined efforts by a local educational non-profit to address food insecurity among
working families with children enrolled in the Amherst public school system. This work and the
input from the non-profit Healthy Hampshire Food Justice Initiative led to a series of
Local Handbook Update
38
“Community Gathering Sessions.” These sessions served as an outreach effort designed to
augment the broader MVP planning process.
3.3. Community Rating System
If your community participates in FEMA’s CRS),
you can design the mitigation planning process to
maximize CRS credit for floodplain management planning. The CRS rewards communities that go
beyond the minimum standards for floodplain management under the NFIP by providing flood
insurance premium discounts for policy holders in the community.
The points available through the planning process account for almost one-third of the total allowable
points. Communities that want to lower their flood insurance costs and maximize their CRS rating
should make sure that the planning process lines up with the CRS criteria as closely as it can. FEMA
has two major hazard mitigation planning programs. The first is local multi-hazard mitigation
planning associated with the Stafford Act hazard mitigation provisions. The second is floodplain
management planning under the CRS. The number of communities with local mitigation plans is
growing. So, too, is the number of CRS-participating communities that want to improve their CRS
class and increase their flood insurance discount under the NFIP.
Each program helps communities reduce their flood risk. All too often, though, if a community
prepares both, they are done separately with different planning products. This does not have to be
the case. Communities can coordinate these two processes. This will help the mitigation plan earn
the maximum number of points possible.
3.4. Develop the Outreach Strategy
The outreach strategy is the guiding plan for how you will engage participants, stakeholders and the
public. Thinking about the outreach strategy early and adjusting it throughout the planning process
based on lessons learned positions you for success.
A public relations or public information official (PIO) can be a valuable partner. They help to generate
messages, work with the media, and share public information throughout the mitigation planning
process. If you have a PIO or other communications staff, invite them to help develop and/or
implement your outreach strategy.
Use the following steps to create your outreach strategy.
1. Brainstorm outreach activities and stakeholders.
Hold a brainstorming session with the planning team at the project kickoff meeting. Use this time to
identify stakeholders and consider which outreach methods will work best for the planning area.
Identify existing meetings and pre-established community events that may have a connection to
hazard mitigation. These may help you determine the type of outreach and when it will occur. If you
are developing a plan, look at the stakeholders and outreach activities from the previous planning
process. Note any needed changes and incorporate them into the outreach strategy.
Local Handbook Update
39
2. Determine public outreach goals and schedule.
This step helps you document what you what your outreach to do, and when you plan to do it.
Consider the following to determine your outreach goals:
What input do you need from stakeholders?
What input do you want from the public?
How can stakeholders and the public contribute to the capability review, risk assessment and
mitigation strategy?
As the project kicks off, the planning team may set a schedule of tasks and meetings to complete
the new plan or update. Use this schedule to identify key times to inform and seek input from
stakeholders and the public. For example, a good time to invite public involvement is after the risk
assessment is done and before the planning team starts to form the mitigation strategy. Involving
the public at this stage gives you a chance to:
Educate the public on the risk assessment findings and get their reactions (did this align with
their expectations or do those results come as a surprise?).
Get input on any data inaccuracies.
Learn their ideas and priorities for mitigation actions.
Using FEMA’s Flood Risk Communication Toolkit for Community Officials
Looking for resources on risk communication and outreach? Check out FEMA’s Flood Risk
Communication Toolkit for Community Officials. While these resources focus on flooding, many
of the outreach lessons are transferrable to the mitigation planning process.
The Message Guide provides useful language on flood risk and resilience for the public,
decision makers and community stakeholders.
A Guide to Supporting Engagement in Rural Communities discusses best practices for
outreach in rural communities.
Designing Effective Public Meetings helps you design high-quality, engaging meetings.
Communication Plan Guide helps you design and prepare a communication plan.
3. Identify the right outreach methods.
This step answers the question, “What are the best ways to reach out to stakeholders and the
public?” Outreach methods should meet the unique needs of a community. For instance, if the
planning area has a high number of Spanish speakers, develop outreach materials in Spanish. Use
Local Handbook Update
40
targeted methods to get stakeholder input. The planning needs, schedule and budget may guide
these methods, too.
No matter which methods you choose, make sure to use stakeholders’ time in a meaningful and
productive way. Be clear about where they can help and why their voice matters. Form a plan to
gather input and then use it in the planning process. Give chances to review throughout the process.
Set meeting dates, outreach methods and other activities early on.
If a disaster event recently affected your community, the public may have a keen interest in hazards
and mitigation. Use this interest to engage community members in finding ways to prepare for future
events. People may not join a public meeting on hazard mitigation if a hazard event has not recently
affected their community. Targeted engagement can help encourage participation among those who
may be unlikely to join. The planning team can find out what types of public involvement have
worked well in your community before. Reaching out to people is better than asking them to come to
you. For example, setting up a booth at a popular community event or getting on the agenda of a
scheduled meeting could reach more people than a meeting that only discusses hazard mitigation.
Using a wide range of informational materials and methods can help you reach out to the public
during the planning process. These can include news media, social media, fliers, surveys and
websites. Think about sharing messages on social media platforms such as Twitter, Facebook or
Instagram. Activities that involve the public should be designed to increase public awareness by
presenting information (one-way communication). They should also seek input to inform the plan’s
content (two-way communication).
Table 7 provides examples of how communities have successfully used different types of outreach
methods in mitigation planning. This table references information from the
International Association
of Public Participation.
Table 7: Example Outreach Methods
Outreach
Method
Purpose
Example Supporting Activities
Community
Events
Inform
Host a booth at a fair or other event where the community
will gather. Use the booth to teach residents about preparing
for natural hazards. Share materials on related topics with
visitors. Consider games, giveaways or other incentives as
ways to engage at the event.
Interviews Consult
Host a series of structured discussions. They could be
telephone or face-to-face interviews with leaders and
representatives from each of the county’s communities,
school districts, and the public. This could help to identify
hazards of concern and potential mitigation measures.
News Media Inform
Work with local media outlets, including television, radio and
print media partners. They can prepare stories that promote
broad public involvement.
Local Handbook Update
41
Outreach
Method
Outreach
Purpose
Example Supporting Activities
Public Meetings
Inform
Involve
Through a participating jurisdiction’s Corporate
Communications and Marketing Office, email newsletters
soliciting input on draft plan documents and public meeting
attendance. Distribution lists could include government
agencies, businesses and civic organizations.
Send public meeting details to all city and county employees.
Also, post them to the community’s online public events
calendar. Add them to live tickers that scroll across the
bottom of the local government access television channel as
well.
Share live coverage of public input meetings and let
residents share their questions or comments by email.
Presentations to
Governing
Bodies
Inform
Share the status of the plan with the board of county
commissioners or similar governing body. These meetings
should be public, and an announcement of the plan agenda
item should be included in the announcement of the public
meeting.
Questionnaires/
Surveys
Consult
Use a survey to get information from people who could not
attend the public meetings. Post the survey to your
community’s social media account(s). Ask local officials to
give out copies of the survey. Have copies available for
residents at municipal offices. Those offices can also post an
electronic version on their websites.
Where applicable, create questionnaires/surveys in multiple
languages.
Roundtables/
Forums
Collaborate
Sponsor a public forum to get ideas from residents on how to
reduce the risk of natural hazards. This could be the main
event for teaching the public. It is also a chance to let the
public add to the plan’s action items. The resulting ideas
may inform the jurisdiction’s planning team about risks,
strengths, weaknesses and opportunities.
Social Media Inform/Involve
Make a mitigation plan Facebook page, Twitter account, or
Instagram account. The page or account can include small
video clips of community leaders talking about the need for
mitigation planning. The page or account can also link to
your questionnaire/survey.
Use the page or account to hold raffles or giveaways. This
will help to support participation. For example, you may post
that “All those who participate and share feedback through
this page or account will be entered into a drawing.”
Area-Specific
Meetings
Involve
Host small, area-specific meetings twice each year. You can
hold them at public libraries and other public venues. These
Local Handbook Update
42
Outreach
Method
Outreach
Purpose
Example Supporting Activities
meetings give you a chance to share reading materials. They
can educate residents on actions they can take to mitigate
natural hazards, save lives and prevent property damage.
These meetings can also gather input on making the
mitigation process more effective.
Website Involve/Consult
You can use a website to promote the mitigation plan by
sharing:
What hazard mitigation planning is.
A list of who is involved in the local planning process.
How the plan update process works.
Information about future stakeholder meetings and
chances for public involvement.
You can share contact information for questions or
comments. Downloads available from the site could include
copies of the existing plan, the plan update, public notices,
and press releases.
4. Develop clear and consistent messages that align with community values.
Think about the community’s values and priorities. Consider how they line up with reducing the
impacts of future hazards and disasters. Then, set talking points for discussions with a range of
audiences. Form messages that appeal to them. For example, if a gold-medal trout stream or historic
downtown is key to a community’s identity and economy, frame mitigation messages to highlight
these assets and the need for their long-term protection.
5. Evaluate and incorporate feedback from outreach activities.
Gather and assess feedback from outreach activities, then work it into the planning team’s decision-
making process and the final plan. During the outreach process, clearly explain to stakeholders and
the public how the planning team will use their feedback to inform the plan. Set a process for:
Organizing and assessing the comments received.
Incorporating comments into the development of the plan itself.
Recording the comments in the final plan.
Keep in mind that collecting public feedback is not enough; you must use public input to inform the
plan. For example, use public workshops to brainstorm mitigation actions and goals.
6. Provide an opportunity for public review of the final draft plan
The public must have an opportunity to review and comment on the final draft plan before it is
adopted. There are many ways that you can do this:
Local Handbook Update
43
Include the plan as a topic of discussion at an existing meeting.
Share the plan on a website and promote it across social media accounts.
Hold a meeting where the public can review the plan.
Bring the plan to community events where you know people are gathering.
Mitigation plans are usually not small documents. Allow at least 4 weeks for review and comment.
Don’t forget to include time in the schedule to revise the plan based on the comments. Provide
guidance on the type of comments and feedback that you want. For instance, getting the public’s
take on community assets and how mitigation actions are prioritized in the plan is very useful.
Tell the public when a draft is ready for review. You can do this through a press release in the local
newspaper and on the community’s website and social media accounts. The press release should
explain how the public can share comments. Some jurisdictions have policies regarding the public
review of documents before they are adopted, and these should be followed for final comments on
the mitigation plan.
Policy Connection: Element A3
Does the plan document how the public was involved in the planning process during the
drafting stage and prior to plan approval?
3.5. Plan Ahead for Engaging Meetings
Communities have their own ways of engaging partners: meetings, open houses, conference calls or
webinars. However, meetings are the most common way of gathering partners and working through
the process. Think of meetings as working sessions to get input, develop content and share ideas.
Build in interactive elements to build relationships. Each jurisdiction can decide how many and what
kind of meetings it needs. Meetings can follow sections of the plan, like developing the mitigation
strategy or the risk assessment. The jurisdiction may also hold a review meeting at the end to
summarize the plan and start reviews. Not all meetings are created alike; use this section to pick
which mode (in-person, virtual, or hybrid) will work best for your planning process.
In-Person
In-person meetings are what many associate with traditional planning. Participants and stakeholders
are given a chance to interact with each other and sometimes the public. It could be a workshop,
traditional meeting, or other in-person format to seek direct input.
When choosing an in-person meeting, consider:
Is the venue large enough to accommodate the expected number of attendees? Does it have
facilities, including food and water, if necessary?
Local Handbook Update
44
Are you holding the meeting at a time of day when participants can come? Are you holding the
meeting in a location where the majority of participants can get to easily?
Do you know which materials you need to bring, such as computers, projectors, handouts or
other displays?
Do you have a strategy for keeping participants engaged? You can use sticky notes or large
posters for interactive discussions and activities, and facilitate small group discussions by table.
Is the meeting accessible for all attendees? This includes both venues that comply with the
Americans with Disabilities Act and other accessibility considerations, like translated materials or
an ASL interpreter. Identify these needs early in the planning process.
Virtual
Virtual events make it possible to accommodate people who are limited by time, transportation,
finances, health or life circumstances from attending an in-person meeting.
When choosing a virtual meeting, consider:
Do attendees have access to necessary information? Share materials with attendees in advance
via an accessible website.
Are you keeping your virtual attendees engaged? Use polls, chats and other engagement tools
during the presentation to keep participants involved.
Are you facilitating meaningful discussion during the event? Many webinar platforms include
tools for making virtual sessions more collaborative. Breakout rooms allow smaller groups to
have a focused discussion.
Is the virtual event accessible to everyone attending? Consider whether translation, recording,
live captioning and transcriptions are needed. Use closed captioning to be more inclusive of
participants with hearing or language processing impairments. Know the applicable laws related
to open meetings and recordings.
Can all interested parties access the event? Consider using inclusive and low-barrier options for
those with limited access to technology. Some platforms are easier to install or are available on
mobile phones. Incorporate traditional methods of information sharing, such as radio, mail,
newsletters, television and newspapers.
Hybrid
Hybrid meetings and events combine both in-person and virtual experiences. Having both in-person
and virtual options for attendance increases the potential impact and reach of the event. Hybrid
meetings can create unique, inclusive experiences that accommodate the needs of more people
across larger geographies.
When choosing a hybrid meeting, consider:
Local Handbook Update
45
Are you giving virtual attendees an opportunity to contribute? Use live polling and audience
engagement software tools to make the event interactive and engaging.
Are microphones placed around the room in a way that allows virtual attendees to hear the in-
person discussion? Test and retest the tools you will rely on to connect your virtual audience with
in-person attendees. Make sure you have functioning equipment and backup technology.
Is the meeting accessible for both in-person and virtual attendees? Identify the need for meeting
translators, interpreters, closed captioning and other technical support. Have support ready to
troubleshoot issues, both online and in the room.
Do all attendees have access to the presentation materials and handouts? Provide paper
handouts for in-person participants and links to downloadable documents for virtual attendees.
Consider planning an asynchronous hybrid meeting, where the in-person and virtual portions
occur at different times. This may allow for easier facilitation and a more streamlined
presentation.
3.6. Coordinate Multi-Jurisdictional Outreach
If you are developing a multi-jurisdictional plan, the outreach strategy will help you manage
coordination and accountability among all plan participants. For each jurisdiction seeking plan
approval, the plan must document how they were involved in the planning process. This must include
how they gave stakeholders and the public a chance to be involved.
Each participating jurisdiction will have its own specific stakeholders. Public involvement activities
need to reach residents throughout the planning area. Consider where the outreach strategy applies
to all participants equally and where you may need to tailor the approach and materials. You may
develop one set of outreach materials that each jurisdiction shares with its stakeholders and
residents. Another good approach is to develop one presentation or a series of presentations on the
plan’s progress that anyone can use. Planning team members can give these presentations at a
regularly scheduled open meeting of their city council or other governing body. This will help keep
elected officials informed about the planning project. It also gives the public a chance to learn more
and share comments.
Outreach is key when forming a multi-jurisdictional plan. In addition to planning team meetings, you
can get input through municipal workshops and open houses held throughout the planning area.
Open house-style meetings can give the public a way to comment on the plan during the drafting
stage. Throughout the planning process, participating jurisdictions should attend workshops, share
data and/or maps, and be available to answer questions from the public.
Local Handbook Update
46
3.7. Bringing It All Together: Describe the Planning
Process
Documenting the planning process provides a clear look at who was involved and what happened. It
is the record of how you developed your plan. Having this documentation helps you identify lessons
learned and apply them to future planning processes. Documenting the planning process provides a
blueprint to follow in future planning efforts.
The plan document needs to provide enough information to tell the story of how the community
formed the plan. This description is helpful for plan readers, which include local government officials,
elected officials, stakeholders and the public. It helps them understand how the community made
decisions.
The mitigation plan must document the planning process. This means explaining the “who,” “what,”
“when,” “where,” and “how” the plan was developed. There are many requirements that dictate how
stakeholder and public involvement opportunities are documented during the planning process:
The plan must describe the planning process. This can be a narrative description, but you can
also include other records like copies of materials or sign-in sheets. Depending on how many
meetings and engagements you had, this could be a lot of documentation. Summarize it in the
plan and include copies in an appendix.
The plan must list the representatives from each participant (local jurisdiction, special district, or
other jurisdiction seeking approval) by agency and title. Names are not required. Protect the
personal information of your planning team members, especially if you post your plan online.
Explain how they participated. Participation can be met in many ways, including attending
meetings, providing data, reviewing and commenting on drafts, and more.
The plan must document that each of the required stakeholder types was given the opportunity
to join in the planning process. Remember, those required stakeholders include local and
regional agencies involved in mitigation activities; agencies that have the authority to regulate
development; neighboring communities; representatives of businesses, academia and other
private organizations; and representatives of nonprofit organizations that work directly with or
provide support to underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations.
The plan must document how the public was given the opportunity to be involved in the planning
process. It must also state what that participation entailed, including how underserved
communities and vulnerable populations were given the chance to participate. Remember,
stakeholder participation must occur during the plan’s development (prior to submitting it for
review). Documentation must also explain how their feedback informed the plan.
While not required, it is helpful to document the planning process. These items may include copies of
meeting minutes, agendas, sign-in sheets and newspaper articles. You can include this type of
information as an appendix to the plan.
Local Handbook Update
47
Policy Connection: Element A1
Does the plan document the planning process, including how it was prepared and who was
involved in the process for each jurisdiction?
Local Handbook Update
48
Task 4. Conduct a Risk Assessment
At its core, mitigation planning helps communities develop a strategy to reduce natural hazard risk.
To do that, the plan must identify risks, impacts and vulnerabilities. This risk assessment provides
the factual basis for activities proposed in the mitigation strategy. The hazards and impacts in the
risk assessment should be the hazards and impacts you act on in the mitigation strategy.
Task 4 explains how to conduct a local risk assessment. How you do your risk assessment is up to
you, as long as the information meets the requirements and is accurate, current and relevant. The
approach you pick may depend on the data, technology and resources that are available. However
you assess your risks and vulnerabilities, use both data and local knowledge. Input from the local
community and stakeholders can supplement data to show a complete picture of risk, even if it is
based on lived experiences.
The process of assessing risks and vulnerabilities can be tied to other planning initiatives. You can
use it to set up priorities for preparedness and response, land use planning or other community
decision making.
4.1. Defining Risk Assessment
In hazard mitigation planning, risk is the potential for damage or loss when natural hazards interact
with people or assets. These assets may be buildings, infrastructure or natural and cultural
resources. The way natural hazards interact with a community’s people, property and assets can
result in a disaster. A risk assessment is a robust, data-driven analysis. It explains what might
happen. It also finds where the local jurisdiction is vulnerable to hazards. FEMA encourages localities
to include overviews and summaries from their data analysis. The conclusions they draw from these
data are more useful than the raw data. You can include raw data in appendices or annexes to
support your conclusions. When the planning team finds data gaps or limitations, they should note
the issues and add a mitigation action to fix them.
Local Handbook Update
49
Figu
re 5: Risk is the relationship, or overlap, between hazards and community assets. The
smaller the overlap, the lower the risk.
Your risk assessment identifies the hazards that can affect each participant in the planning area. For
each hazard, consider:
Wher
e it might happen in the planning area (location).
How mi
nor or severe it may be (extent).
How oft
en and where it has happened in the past (previous occurrences).
How likely it is to occur and how it may change (frequency, intensity, etc.) in the future
(probability).
Which assets are at risk from it (vulnerability).
The ef
fects it will have on assets (impacts).
Key Definitions
Natural hazard: a source of harm or difficulty created by a meteorological, environmental or
geological event. Natural hazards, such as flooding and earthquakes, impact the built
environment, including dams and levees.
Community assets: the people, structures, facilities and lifelines that have value to the
community.
Vulnerability: a description of which assets, including structures, systems, populations and
other assets as defined by the community, within locations identified to be hazard prone, are
at risk from the effects of the identified hazard(s).
Local Handbook Update
50
Impacts: the consequences or effects of each hazard on the participant’s assets identified in
the vulnerability assessment. For example, impacts could be described by referencing
historical disaster damage with an estimate of potential future losses (such as percentage of
damage vs. total exposure).
Risk: the potential for damage or loss created by the interaction of natural hazards with
assets, such as buildings, infrastructure or natural and cultural resources.
4.2. Steps to Conduct a Risk Assessment
The risk assessment process generally has five steps:
Identify hazards. This step helps you understand what hazards may occur in the planning area.
Describe hazards. This step helps you know more about the hazards. It looks at where they can
happen, how impactful they might be, when they happened before, how often and with what intensity
they may occur in the future.
Identify community assets: This step looks at which assets are most vulnerable to loss during a
disaster.
Analyze impacts. This step describes how each hazard could affect the assets of each community.
Summarize vulnerability. This step brings all the analysis together. It uses the risk assessment to
draw conclusions. From these conclusions, the planning team can develop a strategy to increase the
resilience of residents, businesses, the economy and other vital assets.
Multi-Jurisdictional Considerations
Each jurisdiction has unique assets, vulnerabilities and overall risk. A multi-jurisdictional plan
needs to identify every hazard (from the whole planning area). Risks may differ across the
planning area, so it is important to specify the hazards that affect each jurisdiction. For
example, a hillside community may have issues with landslides that are not a threat elsewhere.
Communities near the coast may face erosion issues that are not seen inland. Keep in mind
that the hazard source does not have to be within your boundaries for it to affect you, like
inundation from dam failure.
Each participant must describe how the selected hazards affect its jurisdiction. Some hazards
will have similar effects across the area: extreme temperatures, windstorms, winter weather,
drought, heavy rain, etc. Some have a smaller location and will vary based on geography. Multi-
jurisdictional plans must explain these differences.
In planning for multiple jurisdictions, the risk assessment must address the unique and varied
risk information for each participating jurisdiction. This includes the location, extent, past
Local Handbook Update
51
occurrences, future probability, vulnerability and the potential impacts. This information will be
used to develop specific mitigation actions for each jurisdiction.
4.2.1. Identify Hazards
The first step in the risk assessment is to identify the hazards that affect your planning area. This
includes assets in other jurisdictions that may affect yours, like an upstream dam or levee. To
identify hazards:
Review your state’s hazard mitigation plan. These plans summarize risk statewide. If the state
identified that your planning area is at risk, it should probably be in your plan. If the state has
identified a hazard for your area, and the planning team decides to exclude it, explain why.
Look at recent mitigation plans developed for nearby areas.
Interview your planning team, stakeholders and the public. Ask them which hazards affect the
planning area and should be in the mitigation plan.
Check local sources of information. Look into newspapers. Speak with the chamber of
commerce, historical societies, or other groups with records of past events.
For plan updates, start with the previously identified hazards. If they are no longer relevant,
explain why. Add any new hazard events that have happened since the last plan update,
including all declared disasters.
Technological Hazards and Human-caused Threats
The planning team may include technological hazards and human-caused threats in the plan.
Technological hazards result from accidents or the failure of a system or structure. They may
include hazardous materials spills or airplane accidents. Human-caused incidents (threats) are
the intentional actions of an adversary. They include a chemical or cyberattack. Communities
are welcome to include these hazards in their plan. However, FEMA will not review or require
revisions related to these hazards during a plan review.
These events align more with a Threat and Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (THIRA).
Communities can use a THIRA to:
Expand the existing hazard identification and risk assessment of a local mitigation plan.
Provide a comprehensive approach to assess risks and impacts associated with all types of
threats or hazards.
Identify a method to assess a broader range of capabilities for prevention, protection,
response, recovery and mitigation, as well as any gaps.
Local Handbook Update
52
Comprehensive Preparedness Guide 201 has more information on the THIRA process and
methodology. For information on how to align the THIRA and the mitigation plan, read the
Increasing Resilience Using THIRA/SPR and Mitigation Planning job aid.
4.2.2. Describe Hazards
After you know which hazards you want to address, describe them in what is commonly called a
hazard profile. The profiles must describe each identified hazard’s location, extent, previous
occurrences and probability of future events. Plan updates should confirm the profile for any
previously identified hazards and add one for new hazards. Plan updates must include any hazard
events that have occurred since the last plan was completed.
4.2.2.1 LOCATION
Location is the geographic area within the planning area that is affected by the hazard. When
considering location, think about assets outside the planning area that, if damaged, could cause a
hazard to happen in your planning area. For example, a dam or levee may be upstream and outside
of the planning area. If it fails, it could flood downstream. A fault line in a neighboring county could
cause an earthquake that is felt in your planning area. Some locations may also be further defined,
such as high wildfire hazard areas versus low wildfire hazard areas. The entire planning area may be
uniformly affected by some hazards. If this is the case, your plan must say so.
Maps are one of the best ways to illustrate location for many hazards. You can also describe location
in a narrative. If you use a narrative, describe the locations in detail to clarify where the issues are.
To describe the location of the hazards in the planning area:
Review studies, reports and plans related to your identified hazards. State and federal agencies
are good sources for this information.
Use flood-related products that FEMA made for your planning area. Regulatory and non-
regulatory products can be found at the Map Service Center
. These include FIRMs and other
flood risk assessment products. FEMA makes these to support the NFIP and the Risk MAP
program.
Contact colleges or universities. They may have related academic programs or extension
services.
4.2.2.2 EXTENT
Extent is the expected range of intensity for each hazard. It answers, “How bad can it get?” Often a
scientific scale is used to help define extent. Use a narrative and/or maps to describe extent. And
remember, if the extent differs across participants in a multi-jurisdictional plan, explain those
variations.
How you describe extent depends on the hazard. Examples include:
Local Handbook Update
53
The value on an established scientific scale or measurement system, such as EF2 on the
Enhanced Fujita Scale for tornadoes or 5.5 on the Richter Scale for earthquakes.
Water depth, hail size or wind speed.
Number of acres or feet lost to wildfire, erosion or landslides.
Highest and lowest recorded temperatures.
Other measures of magnitude.
The extent of a hazard is not its potential impact on a community. Extent defines the characteristics
of the hazard regardless of the people, property and other assets it affects.
Figure 6: Earthquake locations, dates and magnitudes in Alaska. This map combines the
location, extent and previous occurrences in a single image. Source: Alaska Earthquake Center.
4.2.2.3 PREVIOUS OCCURRENCES
The plan must present the history of hazard events. This information helps the planning team
understand what has happened. While the past cannot predict the future, especially as climate
change is causing more frequent and intense events, it can give an idea of what might happen and
what is at risk. At a minimum, plan updates must document any state or federal disaster
declarations in the last 5 years.
Previous occurrences are often presented in a table or on a map, but they can also be a narrative.
Narratives of significant events, however the planning area defines them, can give the risk
assessment more context. They can help participants develop problem statements and identify
actions to mitigate the risk. There are many possible data sources to help you describe previous
occurrences:
Local Handbook Update
54
Download weather-related events from the National Climatic Data Center Storm Events
Database.
Refer to the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) for previous earthquakes, landslides, wildfires and
volcanoes.
Consult the National Hurricane Center for hurricane event data.
Contact your SHMO for more data sources and information on state disasters.
Use the OpenFEMA data to gather disaster declarations.
4.2.2.4 PROBABILITY OF FUTURE EVENTS
The probability of future hazard events describes how likely a hazard is to occur or reoccur. The plan
must consider how future conditions will change the probability of events. Future conditions are
more than just weather. Many things in the future might change the type, location, severity and
frequency of hazards. Future conditions include changes in climate, population patterns and how
land is used. Changes in weather patterns, average temperatures and sea levels can bring more
extreme storms, droughts, wildfires and other disasters. Population changes mean changes in
demographic trends, migration, density or the makeup of socially vulnerable populations. How your
community uses and develops land can put more or fewer people, businesses and homes in harm’s
way. These changes can all bring changes in risk and vulnerability. Investments in mitigation will
reduce those risks.
Future conditions will affect different hazards differently. The Guide specifies that probability must
consider how changing future conditions will affect the
type, location and range of intensities of each
hazard. Ask yourself:
Will changing future conditions lead to new hazards?
Will changing future conditions cause hazards to affect more communities?
Will hazards reach places or people they have not before?
Will hazards we already face become more severe? Less severe? For example, rising
temperatures may make extreme heat events longer and more deadly, but may cause milder
winters with rain instead of snow storms.
Probability can be described in many ways. Potential approaches include:
Using climate model projections. Whether you use regional data or specifically down-scaled data,
using projections is the best way to account for how future variation in climate will change hazard
probabilities. This method is described more below. To make decisions on the use of climate
model projections, consider seeking expert advice. You could reach out to the SHMO, a state
climatologist or others.
Local Handbook Update
55
Using statistical probabilities. Statistical probabilities often refer to events of a specific size or
strength. For example, the likelihood of a flood event of a given size is defined by its chance of
occurring each year. A common measurement is the 1%-annual-chance flood. However, this
measurement is affected by changes in the watershed and rainfall intensity. It is important that
you not simply generate a probability by dividing the number of times an event has occurred by
the number of years of record. This simple math will not give you a realistic picture of future
probability.
Using qualitative or general descriptions or rankings. This should be used if there are no other
available data on future probabilities. If you use this approach, define any general terms. For
example, “highly likely” could be defined as occurring every 1 to 10 years. “Likely” could mean to
occur every 10 to 50 years, and “unlikely” could signal intervals of over 50 years. This approach
must still explain how future conditions factored into the general descriptions.
You may also want to describe any time-based probabilities, or times of the year when a hazard is
more likely. For example, flooding might be more frequent in the spring because of snow melt or in
late summer or fall because of hurricane season. Peak tornado season is March through June.
The exact description and method of estimating future probability may vary by hazard, but it must
account for future conditions.
Examples: Describing Climate Impacts
State plans have included future conditions since 2015. While these examples are pulled from
state-level planning efforts, they can also apply to local plans.
The 2018-2023 Colorado Hazard Mitigation Plan has tables that say how the location,
intensity, frequency, and duration of each hazard event will change over time. The example
below is for droughts.
The 2018 Massachusetts State Hazard Mitigation and Climate Adaptation Plan has summaries
of each hazard, including the potential effects of climate change.
Local Handbook Update
56
Using Climate Projections to Determine Probability
Climate projections can be useful for making decisions about the future. However, the
limitations of climate models make it easy to misinterpret or misuse their results. Be aware
that:
Climate projections are not predictions. Projections are based on assumptions about future
human emissions of greenhouse gases and other policy choices.
Climate projections do not try to predict the timing of events such as storms, droughts or El
Niño. Other such weather events may include extreme temperatures, floods, hurricanes or
tropical cyclones. The location and timing of future extreme weather events cannot be
deduced from climate model predictions.
Projections vary from model to model. The best projection dataset for one location and
purpose may not be the best for others. Consider a range of projections to gain a more
complete picture of potential risks.
An increased spatial resolution of statistically downscaled projections is available for
temperature and precipitation. It may not be available for all parameters. Also, increased
resolution is not always the same as greater fidelity or reliability.
Bottom line: do not let the uncertainty, variability or underlying assumptions for climate
projections be an obstacle to good planning. Reputable climate models generally agree on
broader trends. For example, average or extreme temperatures are increasing. Sea levels are
rising. Heavy downpours are becoming more frequent, and so on. Knowing general climate
trends is enough to build this into the probability of future events.
A level of technical understanding may be required to review and evaluate the various climate
models for local use. Knowing the terms used to describe climate models may help you understand
which apply best to the planning area.
Local Handbook Update
57
Ensembles are collections of data from more than one climate model simulation.
Downscaling is a general name for taking large-scale information and making predictions at the
local level. This should be left to experts. Downscaling national data may not produce the most
accurate local information and could cause more uncertainty.
Regional Climate Models downscale data from the Global Climate Model (or General Circulation
Model) and add topographic data with a higher resolution. This produces more refined, specific
results. An example of this is the North American Regional Climate Change Assessment Program.
Regional Data Approach
Local data specific to your jurisdiction(s) may be limited. If so, consider a regional data approach.
This approach uses national or regional data, reports, and models to identify quantitative changes in
frequency or probability. An example of this is using the National Climate Assessment. The National
Climate Assessment report presents changes in a variety of aspects of climate, such as precipitation,
extreme events, and temperature. It includes changes by region of the country and by sector.
You can use regional or national data to summarize anticipated climate changes. You can also find
potential changes to the characteristics of weather or hazard events. This is a higher level, large-
scale approach. It may lack the more granular data results of downscaled climate projections.
However, it can offer very helpful information and insights on anticipated future climate conditions.
Downscaled Approach
The downscaled approach takes data from a much wider scale and applies it locally. One example is
NOAA’s Climate Explorer. This online tool allows for a much more localized analysis of an area. It
provides visual data and maps for a smaller geographic area. This makes them more relevant on a
local scale. Like the regional approach, this methodology uses models and forecasts to look at the
nation as a whole. It also allows your community to see how local conditions are projected to change
over the coming decades. Another excellent source of information and resources is the web-based
U.S. Climate Resilience Toolkit. This offers information from across the federal government in one
location. Some states have better online mapping viewers with official climate data, and more are
being developed. Those should be used for local plans. Some of these are even integrated with state
GIS data layers. This makes them even more useful for mitigation planning.
Connecting Climate Adaptation and Mitigation Planning
Climate adaptation strategies are ways to adjust natural or human systems to mitigate the
impacts of a changing environment. These may work well with other hazard mitigation
strategies. For an overview of potential changes in your region, review the U.S. Global Change
Research Program’s Regional Climate Change Impacts reports. See NOAA’s Climate Change
Web Portal for more information on how climate change is affecting your area.
Local Handbook Update
58
4.2.2.5 DISPLAYING HAZARD INFORMATION
When developing or updating a mitigation plan, hazard-specific maps are helpful for showing hazard
information, though they are not required. In some cases, a detailed narrative of potential impacts
and extents can accurately convey the information you need. If your community or special district is
not able to take on some technical processes, use a narrative approach. You can also address this
potential gap in capability as a mitigation action later in the plan. If you use a narrative, be sure to
convey all the necessary information accurately and at the right level of detail. Think of it as building
a verbal map.
Some communities choose to use GIS or other mapping programs to display hazard and risk
information. The following figures show some ways to use maps to describe the location, extent,
previous occurrences and probability of future events. This applies to various hazards. Note that one
map can be used to describe several hazard features. A table or matrix can help summarize the
information in the hazard descriptions. It can also help identify the planning area’s most significant
hazards.
Figure 7: Wildfire hazard location and extent in Missoula County, Montana.
Source: Missoula County/Community Assistance Planning for Wildfire Program.
Maps can also show the relationship between people and hazards. For example, you can create
maps that show facilities that house dependent populations. Maps can identify venues that host
large numbers of people. Maps can also show where socially vulnerable populations and
underserved communities are. These will help show how vulnerable populations may be affected by
hazards. See Figure 8 for an example of how to map the relationship between hazards and
populations.
Local Handbook Update
59
Case Study: Baltimore, MD
The City of Baltimore’s Disaster Preparedness and Planning Project is their combined hazard
mitigation and climate adaptation plan. Its risk and vulnerability assessment does a good job
of incorporating social vulnerability. Beyond mapping the locations of socially vulnerable
populations, the plan defines which groups are at risk to specific hazards. It also maps where
socially vulnerable populations overlap with hazard areas. Most important, the plan links the
vulnerable populations’ risk to specific mitigation actions.
For example, the plan maps areas of extreme heat (or heat islands). Then, it overlays the heat
islands on areas with the most vulnerable populations. In this case, the most vulnerable are
people over the age of 65 and those with limited access to a vehicle. The plan explains that
people over 65 face increased health risks from heat, and that people with limited access to a
vehicle may not be able to get to a cooling center. The city used this analysis to identify
activities to reduce the impact of heat events. An example of an exposure analysis-informed
action is:
“Community resiliency planning in the Rosemont neighborhoods south of North Avenue and
just east of Leaking Park, for example, should take into account the need for outreach and
support for seniors in heat events as future mitigation strategies and actions.”
This is a great example of how to define socially vulnerable populations, connect where they
live to hazard areas, and then use the analysis to take equity-informed mitigation actions.
Figure 8: Extreme heat vulnerability for senior residents in Baltimore, MD. Source: Baltimore
Disaster Preparedness and Planning Project, 2018.
Local Handbook Update
60
Case Study: City and County of San Francisco
The City and County of San Francisco’s Hazard and Climate Resilience Plan combines planning
for natural hazards and climate change into one plan. The plan’s hazard assessments
incorporate different climate scenarios that will change hazard severity. The scenarios consider
future conditions for temperature, sea level rise and precipitation. Scenario planning can lead
to more robust mitigation actions. These stronger actions can be used to mitigate more severe
hazards across different geographies.
To begin the engagement process, the planning team met with leaders from a group of
community-based organizations. The team listened to their advice on the best ways to achieve
the plan’s goals within the communities they serve. Based on the feedback from this meeting,
the planning team organized five thematic workshops with additional leaders of community-
based organizations, NGOs, and other groups that serve the San Francisco community,
especially vulnerable populations.
The five workshop themes were:
Business/Commercial Properties.
Housing, Stakeholders and Residential Property Managers/Owners.
Disability and Functional Needs/Older Adults.
Racial, Social and Environmental Justice.
Children, Youth and Families.
Policy Connection: Element B1
Does the plan include a description of the type, location and extent of all natural hazards that
can affect the jurisdiction? Does the plan also include information on previous occurrences of
hazard events and on the probability of future hazard events?
4.2.3. Identify Assets
In this next step, each participating jurisdiction identifies its assets at risk to hazards. Assets are
defined broadly. They include anything that is important to the character and function of a
community. They generally fall into a few categories:
People, including underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations.
Structures, including new and existing buildings.
Local Handbook Update
61
Community lifelines and other critical facilities.
Natural, historic and cultural resources.
The economy and other activities that have value to the community.
All assets may be affected by hazards, but some are more vulnerable. This may come from their
physical characteristics or uses. An asset inventory identifies the vulnerable assets in your
community. If your plan is an update, review and update the asset inventory as needed. This ensures
it reflects the current conditions.
4.2.3.1 PEOPLE
People are your community’s most important asset. Your mitigation plan should assess risks to
people and set strategies to protect them. For the purposes of a risk assessment, think about areas
of population density and groups with unique vulnerabilities. Use the risk assessment to point out
areas where people are less able to prepare, respond and/or recover before, during and after a
disaster. This includes underserved and socially vulnerable populations. At this stage of the risk
assessment, you are identifying where people live, work and visit. To do this:
Note any concentrations of residents and businesses.
Note any concentrations of underserved groups and socially vulnerable populations.
Consider development in areas of projected population growth. Predict areas of vulnerability.
Identify places that provide health or social services that are critical to disaster recovery.
Identify the types of visiting populations and where they may be. Visiting populations include
students, second homeowners, migrant farm workers and visitors for special events. Visiting
populations may be less familiar with the local area and its hazards and will be less prepared to
protect themselves during an event. Assess potential problems.
What are Socially Vulnerable Populations and Underserved Communities?
Underserved communities are defined by Executive Order 13985 On Advancing Racial Equity
and Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal Government. They are
“populations sharing a particular characteristic, as well as geographic communities, that have
been systematically denied a full opportunity to participate in aspects of economic, social, and
civic life.”
Social vulnerability, according to FEMA’s Guide for Expanding Mitigation: Making the
Connection to Equity, is the potential for loss within an individual or social group. The term
recognizes that some traits influence an individual’s or group’s resilience. This is their ability to
Local Handbook Update
62
prepare, respond, cope or recover from an event. Groups that are disproportionally impacted
often include:
Those with a low socioeconomic status.
People of color.
Tribal and indigenous communities.
Women.
Members of the LGBTQ+ community.
People experiencing homelessness or displacement.
Rural communities.
The elderly and youth.
Groups with limited English proficiency.
Service workers and migrant laborers.
Those with limited cognitive or physical abilities.
Institutionalized populations, such as those in prisons and nursing homes.
Renters.
Those without access to personal transportation.
A risk assessment must analyze the vulnerability of the population. To do this, it is essential to
include impacts to socially vulnerable populations and underserved communities. The most at-risk
members in a community tend to suffer the greatest losses from disasters. Often, they are left out of
planning activities. They may have little access to information about what to do before or after a
hazard event.
People from these groups may not be able to access the standard resources offered in emergencies.
Consider where to locate facilities and support services for them. Think about hospitals, dependent
care facilities, oxygen delivery and accessible transportation.
Several data sources and indices can help you find and learn about socially vulnerable populations
or underserved communities. The CDC’s Social Vulnerability Index
is a standalone resource. The
Climate and Environmental Justice Screening Tool helps to find disadvantaged communities that
face burdens and obstacles to resilience. The National Risk Index is a tool that identifies
communities most at risk to 18 natural hazards. Other data sources are the U.S. Census, state
population estimates, and the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
A jurisdiction can choose any dataset that adequately represents its socially vulnerable and
underserved communities. It can also create or use a more specific dataset. Work with the rest of
Local Handbook Update
63
the planning team to find partners who represent underserved and socially vulnerable communities.
They can help make sure the data fully reflect ways these populations can mitigate their risks.
4.2.3.2 STRUCTURES
Identifying structures helps you understand what existing buildings and infrastructure may be in
harm’s way during a hazard event. Areas of future growth and development are also important for
assessing the building environment because the planning area will experience some land use
change over the 5 years the plan is approved. When identifying structural assets:
Identify the types of buildings in the planning area (commercial, industrial, residential, etc.).
Consider their age, construction type and whether any are critical facilities (see Section 4.2.3.3.).
These factors can help you understand structural risk, including whether a building follows a
disaster-resistant building code.
Existing Structures
All structures are exposed to some level of risk, where certain buildings or concentrations of
buildings are more vulnerable. This can relate to their location, age, construction type, condition or
use. Structure information usually comes from the local tax assessor or planning department. Find
information on land use, zoning, parcel boundaries and ownership, and types and numbers of
structures. In the absence of available local data, a national dataset of building locations is available
from the USGS. These data will not be detailed, but will, at a minimum, show the location of buildings
in your planning area. You do not need to include a list of every structure in your plan. Summarize
the data to help you analyze vulnerabilities and impacts later. Often, this means summarizing the
number of structures by type and jurisdiction.
Future Development
The mitigation plan is updated every five years, which does not mean that it’s a 5-year strategy. The
plan should have a long-term vision to reduce risk, so it is important to think about both the
structures that already exist and what might be built in the future. You won’t know exactly which
buildings will be built in which locations. However, the plan should provide a general description of
land uses, identified growth areas, development trends and demographic changes. This positions
mitigation options to be considered in future land use decisions. Local comprehensive or master
plans may have information on future land use and build-out scenarios.
Identify Future Development
Identify any areas planned and zoned for future development or annexation.
Look in local land use, development or comprehensive plans to identify what kinds of
development are planned for growth areas. For example, there could be a planned
Local Handbook Update
64
industrial park or a planned residential development. If they don’t have that information,
estimate or describe the planned development.
Review plans for new facilities, infrastructure and other capital improvements like
stormwater management infrastructure. Use these to support existing and future
development.
4.2.3.3 COMMUNITY LIFELINES AND OTHER CRITICAL FACILITIES.
Beyond just buildings, identify the community lifelines and other critical facilities that are critical for
life safety and the economy. The operation of these lifelines and facilities during and after a disaster
is crucial. Their ability to keep functioning affects both the severity of the impacts and the speed of
recovery. When possible, list their construction standards, age and life expectancy or other factors
that will increase or decrease their vulnerability.
Community Lifelines
As described in Task 2, community lifelines are the fundamental services in a community. The
National Response Framework identifies seven lifelines. When they function, all other aspects of
society can function. They are critical for maintaining public health, safety and economic viability.
Figure 9: The community lifelines.
Lifelines were developed to support response planning and operations, but the concept can be
applied to the entire emergency management cycle, including mitigation. FEMA supports efforts to
protect lifelines and to prevent and mitigate potential impacts to them. It also encourages building
back stronger and smarter during recovery. All of these actions drive the overall resilience of your
planning area. Work with your local emergency management agency and the state emergency
management agency to identify and gather data on community lifelines.
Why are lifelines so important?
A lifeline allows critical government and business functions to continue. It is essential to
human health and safety or to economic security.
Lifelines are the most vital services in the community. When they are stable, they enable
all other aspects of society to function.
FEMA’s priority is to quickly stabilize the lifelines after a disaster.
Local Handbook Update
65
An integrated network of assets, services and capabilities provide lifeline services. It
supports the needs of the community every day.
When a lifeline is disrupted, decisive intervention is needed to stabilize it.
FEMA‘s Community Lifelines Implementation Toolkit gives communities information and
resources. It can help them understand lifelines and how to coordinate their use. It has basic
guidance on how to apply the lifeline concept during an incident response.
Other Critical Facilities
You may want to identify and plan for critical facilities that fall outside of the community lifelines
framework. Doing so will reduce the severity of the impacts and accelerate recovery. When possible,
note both their structural integrity and content value. What are the effects of interrupting their
services? It is a good idea to include a table or series of tables in the plan that describes community
assets. Include elements that describe each facility, such as:
Name.
Type.
Location.
Age.
Structure type.
Value.
Backup Power/Generator Capability.
Critical facilities often work together to serve the community. Think about how they are dependent on
each other to see how the identified hazards may impact the facilities. FEMA understands that
because these facilities are critical, you may not want to tell everyone where they are located or their
potential vulnerabilities. While the mitigation plan is a public document, you can store sensitive
information in sections or appendices marked as “For Official Use Only (FOUO).”
Spotlight on High Hazard Potential Dams
To meet requirement HHPD2, the local mitigation plan must:
Describe the risks and vulnerabilities related to HHPDs, including:
- Potential cascading impacts of storms, seismic events, landslides, wildfires, etc. on dams
that might affect upstream and downstream flooding.
Local Handbook Update
66
- Potential significant economic, environmental or social impacts, and multi-
jurisdictional impacts from a dam incident.
- Location and size of populations at risk from HHPDs, as well as potential impacts to
institutions and critical infrastructure, facilities or lifelines.
- Methods and assumptions for risk data and inundation modeling.
Document the limitations and describe the approach for addressing deficiencies.
Include all dam risks at a scale appropriate to the planning area. Consider the entire inventory
of dams that have potential impacts in the planning area, even if they do not have a hazard
potential classification or eligibility for HHPD funding.
4.2.3.4 NATURAL, HISTORIC AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
Natural Resources
Environmental and natural resources add to a community’s identity and quality of life. They also help
the local economy through agriculture, tourism and recreation. They support ecosystem services,
such as clean air and water. Conserving the environment may help people mitigate risk. It can also
protect sensitive habitats, develop parks and trails, and build the economy.
The natural environment can also protect residents by reducing the impacts of hazards and
increasing resiliency. Examples of this include:
Wetlands and riparian areas absorb floodwater.
Soil and landscaping are used to manage stormwater.
Plantings control erosion, reduce runoff and can create shade to protect from extreme heat.
Don’t forget to consider natural resources, not just the built environment, as you identify assets.
Historic Resources
Historic resources tell the story of your community. Historic properties may be a (1) site, like a
battlefield or shipwreck; (2) building, like a house or barn; (3) structure, like a lighthouse or bridge;
(4) an object, like a fountain or monument; or (5) district, which shares a significant identity and
continuity among either its sites, buildings, structures, or objects that are united historically, like a
business district. In the United States, the National Historic Preservation Act, and its regulations,
help the nation identify and manage its historic properties. In addition to the nationally significant
historic properties on the National Register of Historic Places
, a state or local community may have
its own register. Historic properties offer a myriad of social and economic benefits. Your community
should work to identify these important resources to protect from natural hazards.
Local Handbook Update
67
Cultural Resources
The inventory should list assets of the local culture that are unique or cannot be replaced. Museums,
geological sites, concert halls, parks and stadiums can qualify. Review state and national historic
registries to identify the cultural assets that are significant to the community.
4.2.3.5 THE ECONOMY
After a disaster, economic resiliency is one of the major drivers of a speedy recovery. Each
community has specific economic drivers. Considering these as you plan can reduce the impacts of a
hazard or disaster on the local economy. Economic assets can have direct or indirect losses. For
example, building or inventory damage is a direct loss. Functional downtime and loss of wages are
indirect losses. These are losses you can calculate. Know the primary economic sectors in the
community. These may include manufacturing, agricultural or service sectors. Major employers and
commercial centers are also a factor. Also consider workforce housing and day care needs.
Economy
Identify the major employers, economic sectors (e.g., agriculture) and commercial centers.
What would happen if they were lost or inoperable? Would it have a severe impact on the
community? Would their loss affect its ability to recover from a disaster?
Assess the ways the economic sectors and businesses depend on community
infrastructure.
4.2.3.6 ACTIVITIES THAT HAVE VALUE TO THE COMMUNITY
What activities are important to a community? Does it have long-standing traditions, such as a
festival or fair? Some areas rely on seasonal industries to sustain them throughout the year. A
hazard event that cancels or shortens these can affect a community’s livelihood.
Tourism and farming are two examples of seasonal activities. They typically have lulls during the
winter months in warmer climates, while tourism may pick up in colder regions. Extended severe
weather, happening earlier or later in the season than normal, can severely impact the local
economy.
4.2.3.7 UPDATE TO REFLECT CHANGES IN DEVELOPMENT
Plan updates must describe any development that took place since the last plan was approved. The
planning team can get this information from planning and building departments. These data can
help you evaluate whether the vulnerability has increased, decreased or remained the same. If
planned development is in identified hazard areas or is not built to updated building codes, it may
increase your community’s vulnerability to future hazards and disasters. If development occurred
with mitigation in place, vulnerability may have remained the same. Development could also reduce
Local Handbook Update
68
risk. For example, a new fire station could be built to replace one that was not seismically sound or
was in a high-hazard area.
The planning team shall also consider other conditions. Climate change, changing populations,
infrastructure expansion or economic shifts can affect vulnerability. Perhaps no significant changes
occurred. Maybe they did not affect the jurisdiction’s overall vulnerability. In that case, you can
validate the information in the previous plan. Make sure to account for shifting demographics,
including those relevant to socially vulnerable populations and underserved groups.
Considerations for Plan Updates: Identify Changes in Development
Knowing how development can increase or impact the vulnerability to identified hazards is an
important part of the plan. Some communities choose to remove structures using grant funds.
This can permanently reduce their vulnerability. For mitigation planning, it is important to
understand the impact of where and how we build.
Have there been any changes in development that would increase or decrease your risks?
These could be new buildings or assets in hazard areas or a new, stronger building code
that reduced your risks.
Are the vulnerabilities described in the last plan still valid? Were underserved
neighborhoods included? Consider developing problem statements based on current
conditions.
Policy Connection: Element E1
A local jurisdiction must review and revise its plan to reflect changes in development. Is there a
description of the method and schedule for keeping the plan current (monitoring, evaluating
and updating the mitigation plan within a five-year cycle)?
4.2.4. Analyze Impacts
After you identify the hazards and assets, you can analyze the impacts. To do so, you will look at the
risks (where hazards overlap with assets), describe asset vulnerabilities, and describe the potential
impacts. Impacts may include loss estimates for each hazard. This helps the community see the
planning area’s greatest risks.
The plan must describe how each profiled hazard can affect the identified assets. The type and
severity of impacts reflect both the magnitude of the hazard and the vulnerability of the asset.
Impacts are also affected by the community’s ability to mitigate, prepare for, respond to and recover
from an event. You can describe impacts in many ways. They can be physical (damage), monetary
Local Handbook Update
69
(estimated building or economic losses) or social (disrupted community life). Impacts must include
the effects of future conditions, including population, land use, development and climate change.
Figure 10: Storm surge inundation zones near Houston, Texas. Source: NOAA.
Not all hazard events create an impact on their own. One event can lead directly to another. These
are called cascading hazards. Plans should consider how hazards can cascade. An example of this is
the increased flood and landslide risk after wildfires. Or, a dam or levee may fail upstream and cause
downstream flooding. Cascading events may begin in a small area. They can intensify and spread to
affect larger areas. Evaluate how the natural hazards affect a local community. This is a vital piece of
the hazard analysis in a local mitigation plan.
4.2.4.1 METHODS TO ANALYZE IMPACTS
There are three ways to analyze impacts:
1.
Start with the past. Explain impacts by looking at historic impacts and losses from similar events.
Describe what may happen in the future based on these past events. This is called historical
analysis.
2. Overlay assets and hazards. This is called exposure analysis. It is usually done with maps and
GIS software.
3. Ask yourself “what if?” This is scenario analysis. It uses hypothetical scenarios to describe
impacts. This can be helpful for events that do not have a defined hazard area or do not happen
often.
No matter the method, you can describe impacts qualitatively or quantitatively. A qualitative analysis
may describe the types of impacts. To do this, gather a team to brainstorm and discuss potential
impacts. Include the planning team, subject matter experts, stakeholders and members of the
Local Handbook Update
70
community. A quantitative evaluation assigns values and measures the potential losses to the
assets.
Mitigation Plan Updates
A plan update must address how risk has changed since the previous plan was completed. In
addition to discussing overall vulnerability, plan updates must describe how development since
the last plan affected vulnerability. Pay special attention to changes in demographics, land use
development and hazard information. To analyze the current risk and update your problem
statements, use this type of information:
New development in hazard-prone areas.
Areas affected by recent disasters.
New data and reports.
The best available data are constantly changing. The local community is the best source for
information on community assets and past impacts. Your SHMO and the state mitigation plan
are also key resources. They can point out the best available hazard data and risk assessment
information.
Historical Analysis
Historical analysis uses data on the impacts and losses of previous hazard events. These help
predict the impacts and losses for a similar future event. This can be especially useful for weather-
related hazards, such as severe winter storms, hail and drought. These events are frequent, so
communities are more likely to know about them. Communities may have data on their impacts and
losses. For recent events, don’t simply consider what was damaged. Think about what might have
been damaged if the event had a greater magnitude. For hazards with no recent events, consider the
new development and infrastructure that would be vulnerable.
Use historical analysis to indicate future events when there is no other data available. For example,
an event that has occurred 20 times over the past 50 years has a 40-percent annual probability. This
data should be used with caution because current trends indicate that the type, frequency, and
magnitude of hazard events will change as the climate continues to change. It may not give you a
realistic understanding of future probability. Research and data on future climate and weather
patterns is advancing quickly, so it is okay if you do not have detailed climate data for your plan right
now. Identify where there are gaps in the data and include filling those gaps in the mitigation
strategy.
Exposure Analysis
An exposure analysis identifies the existing and future assets in known hazard areas. GIS is often
used for this analysis and to make maps to visualize the risk. You can also consider the magnitude of
Local Handbook Update
71
the hazard. You may identify which assets are in areas of high, medium or low wildfire hazard, or in
areas of different flood frequencies (1%- or 0.2%-annual-chance flood risk).
An exposure analysis can quantify the number, type and value of structures, community lifelines and
other assets in areas of identified hazards. It can identify any assets exposed to multiple hazards.
Exposure analysis can also help you understand areas that may be vulnerable if and when buildings,
infrastructure and community lifelines are built in hazard-prone areas.
It can be a challenge to describe the exposure of assets to more than one hazard. Maps are a good
tool for this task. A map can show at a glance that an asset is exposed to multiple threats. Figure 11
includes the location of floods, wildfires, dam failures, railroad accidents and a hazardous materials
incident. It also points out where development is anticipated (new subdivisions, public facilities and
commercial redevelopment). It shows future annexation areas as well.
Figure 11: Map showing multiple hazard types in relation to development in Lewis and Clark
County, Montana. Source: Lewis and Clark County Planning Department.
Case Study: City of Portland
The City of Portland’s 2021 Natural Hazard Mitigation Plan Update is a well-organized plan with
many engaging maps, photos and graphics. The risk assessment is especially detailed. Hazard
profiles include detailed analyses of community risk and incorporate social vulnerability data
Local Handbook Update
72
and discussions of climate change. The plan also includes sections for Community Voices,
which draws from surveys and programs with local community groups, including underserved
populations. The information collected from these activities was used to update the plan’s
mitigation actions and public involvement strategy. Overall, the plan goes above and beyond
for every requirement, even incorporating equity into several aspects of the planning process.
Scenario Analysis
A scenario analysis asks "what if" a certain event occurs. This kind of analysis uses a hypothetical
situation to think through potential impacts and losses. A scenario analysis can be done narratively
by walking through a scenario with the planning team and documenting what could happen. It can
also be done using GIS modeling.
FEMA’s Hazus program is one of the most common scenario analysis tools for hazard mitigation.
Hazus
provides standardized tools and data to estimate risk from earthquakes, floods, hurricanes
and tsunamis. Each model uses data on buildings, infrastructure and population together with
hazard data and damage functions to model impacts. The impacts Hazus models vary by hazard. For
more information on what results Hazus creates and how the software works, review the
User and
Technical Manuals and the Hazus trainings on FEMA’s YouTube channel.
Hazus can be used “out of the box” with no modification. This basic (“Level 1”) Hazus analysis
produces results based on the national databases in the Hazus software. Level 1 analysis results
generally take less time and expertise to generate. You can also check the Hazus Loss Library to see
if there is an existing Hazus analysis for your planning area.
Users can modify all Hazus model inputs to include more refined information. Adding local data
makes the output more accurate and specific to your planning area. This is called an advanced
(Level 2 or 3) analysis. Level 2 and 3 analyses bring in local asset information and more detailed
engineering data (see Figure 12).
Figure 12: Levels of Hazus Analysis. Source: FEMA.
Local Handbook Update
73
If you want to refine your analysis but do not know where to start, many professionals can help.
Geologists and hydrologists can improve your hazard data. GIS professionals can replace baseline
inventories with local asset information. Engineers could improve the baseline building vulnerability
parameters and damage functions.
Using FEMA Risk MAP Products in the Risk Assessment
As discussed in Task 1, FEMA’s Risk MAP
program provides flood hazard and risk data to
support planning and risk reduction. The Guide requires participants whose planning area
includes structures covered by the NFIP to use these products to assess flood risk.
The information in Flood Risk Products (FRPs) and their datasets can enhance hazard
mitigation planning activities. This applies especially to the risk and vulnerability assessment
portion of the plan. They can also help users develop risk-based mitigation strategies. FRPs
can be used to help guide land use and development decisions. They can help you mitigate
risks by highlighting the areas of highest risk, areas in need of mitigation, and areas of
floodplain change. Communities can use the FEMA Flood Map Service Center to find all the
products available to them. It contains all of the effective and past products available for a
study area.
So, how do you use these products in the risk assessment?
Regulatory products, including the FIRM and FIS, are the authoritative data on flood risk in a
community. You can use the FIRM’s GIS data to conduct an exposure analysis of flood risk and
identify assets in floodprone areas. The FIS report often has documentation of previous events
as well as detailed flood data across the community.
The non-regulatory FRPs strengthen communities’ ability to see and explain flood risk. They
can also use these data for development and planning. These products work with regulatory
products, like FIRMs and FIS reports, to improve how communities:
See where flooding is likely to occur.
Make informed decisions about reducing the impacts of flooding.
Protect lives, houses, businesses and critical facilities from future flood damage.
The non-regulatory products are powerful because they can be combined with local data to
support risk-informed decision making. Read Using Flood Risk Products in Hazard Mitigation
Plans for more on how to use these products in the mitigation plan.
Regulatory products show where certain NFIP requirements apply (i.e., minimum floodplain
management standards and mandatory flood insurance purchase), and these requirements
must be informed by the flood hazards of today. Future conditions information is not typically
included in FEMA’s regulatory products because the information can be conveyed more
efficiently and comprehensively in non-regulatory products. Therefore, communities are highly
encouraged to use non-regulatory products to understand future conditions.
Local Handbook Update
74
If your community is in a watershed with an ongoing Risk MAP study, document that in the
plan. Different datasets become available at different points in the Risk MAP lifecycle. A recent
Risk MAP Discovery Report is another good source of information for a mitigation plan.
If your community has data that is more recent or accurate than what is on the FIRM, note that
in the plan. Some communities conduct their own hydrologic and hydraulic (H&H) studies to
better understand their risk. If that is the case, the plan should discuss how those data
improve or add to the existing Risk MAP products.
Combining Available Data and Methods
Many plans combine methods to analyze impacts. The combination of methods will depend on the
hazard. It may also depend on the available time, data, staff and technical resources. For instance,
analyzing flood risk could include the following:
Public assistance costs and insured and uninsured losses.
Finding the number and value of community assets in flood hazard areas. Noting any specific
vulnerability due to physical features or common uses.
Estimating the physical, economic and social impacts of a 1%-annual-chance flood event, based
on a Hazus model.
Using the current zone maps to describe any future development that may be at risk of flooding.
There are many ways to analyze the data and show the results. But the analysis step should result in
a description of the potential impacts of each hazard on the assets of each jurisdiction. You may use
factors like annualized losses in a table to illustrate the impacts. Components that affect annual
losses could include:
Location.
Structural damage.
Non-structural damage.
Contents damage.
Total estimated losses.
These analyses can generate a lot of data. Use tables to summarize the exposed assets. You may
want to include the number, type and total value of all assets in hazard areas.
Once the jurisdiction assembles data on its socially vulnerable populations and underserved
communities, it can be helpful to map the data and see where they overlap with known and possible
hazard areas. Socially vulnerable populations and underserved communities often do not have
Local Handbook Update
75
access to the resources they need to become more resilient. Identify where they live, work and shop
in relation to hazards. Prioritize future outreach and investments to reduce risk based on these
findings.
Finding the areas where people are most vulnerable to hazards goes beyond a GIS overlay. Some
measures of social vulnerability or disadvantage cannot be mapped. To understand the most
vulnerable populations, look at how government policies and programs affect them. For example,
discriminatory housing policies may have pushed low-income people and communities of color onto
land with the least value and highest risk. Communities may be more exposed to the impacts of
hazards because they do not have the funds or the manpower to reduce their risk. Evaluate the
impacts of historic and current policies, programs and decisions that have caused disproportionate
harm to underserved groups and socially vulnerable populations. Propose specific actions to
increase resilience for those groups.
This analysis will help you create a more equitable mitigation strategy that supports underserved
groups and socially vulnerable populations in achieving a more resilient future. It also equips you to
reduce the risk of the people most affected. Use its results to identify actions that build resilience for
these groups.
4.2.4.2 IMPACTS RELATED TO CLIMATE CHANGE
The Guide specifies that the mitigation plan must discuss the impacts of climate change in the risk
assessment. You may have already discussed the effects of climate change on hazards in the profile
discussions for each hazard. The impact section is another area where it is valuable to discuss
climate change. The Climate Mapping for Resilience and Adaptation
website has detailed
information on this topic. Use it to find how climate change may affect your jurisdiction(s). Look at
how climate change may shift your community’s hazard exposure over time. This can guide your long-
term planning for hazard mitigation. It can also help you identify areas where socially vulnerable
populations and underserved communities might face a greater hazard exposure. This can help you
target mitigation projects where they are needed most.
A plan’s strategy section should look at the changing conditions that can impact the planning area.
This means it has to look at the risks the local jurisdiction faces now and those it will likely see in the
future. Those may include the impacts of climate change and other future conditions, such as
changing demographics or population patterns and development trends. Localities may also need to
find new mitigation actions to reflect new risks, capabilities or goals. These new factors may include
changing conditions, such as climate or demographic changes, that can affect social vulnerability.
One key factor to remember is that new community members are not as familiar with local hazards.
Your planning process should reflect this throughout to decrease vulnerabilities in your community.
4.2.4.3 INCLUDE REPETITIVE AND SEVERE REPETITIVE LOSS PROPERTIES
The plan must address repetitively flooded, NFIP-insured structures. This includes both repetitive and
severe repetitive loss properties. Identify areas of repetitive damage that Public Assistance funding
could be used for mitigation in future federally declared disasters.
Local Handbook Update
76
Table 8: Repetitive and Severe Repetitive Loss Definitions
Type Definition
Repetitive Loss
Properties
A structure covered by an NFIP flood insurance policy that:
Has had flood-related damage on two occasions, with the average
cost of repair at or over 25% of the value of the structure at that time;
and
When the second flood-related damage took place, the policy had
Increased Cost of Compliance coverage.
Severe Repetitive Loss
Properties
A structure covered by an NFIP flood insurance policy that has had flood-
related damage:
For which four or more separate claims payments for flood-related
damage have been made. The amount of each claim (including
building and contents payments) exceeded $5,000, and the
cumulative amount of the claims payments exceeded $20,000; or
For which at least two flood insurance claims payments (building
payments only) have been made, with a cumulative claims total that
exceeds the market value of the insured structure.
The Risk Assessment must estimate the numbers and types of these properties. The types are
residential, commercial, institutional, etc. Contact your state NFIP coordinator or local floodplain
administrator for how to obtain that information.
In addition to repetitive and severe repetitive loss properties, there are other factors of High-Risk
Properties. These are properties that are more at risk to flooding. Some of the factors that make
these properties good candidates for mitigation include those that:
Have been substantially damaged,
Are close to a flood source,
Receive FEMA Individual Assistance,
Have shown flood damage through state or local inspection, or
Are at high risk according to sources like:
o Elevation certificates,
o Regulatory products like FISs or FIRMs, or
o Hydrologic and hydraulic studies.
Local Handbook Update
77
An example of a High-Risk Property is one where the elevation certificate shows that the lowest floor
is below the Base Flood Elevation (BFE). The BFE is established by the FIRM. This means the
property is at risk to both the base flood as well more frequent events.
4.2.5. Summarize Vulnerability
Vulnerability is being at risk from the effects of hazards. The term applies to assets such as
structures, systems and populations. A community may define other assets in areas known to be
hazardous.
The previous steps in the risk assessment create a great deal of information on hazards, vulnerable
assets and potential impacts and losses. The planning team shall summarize this information to help
the community understand its most significant risks and vulnerabilities. The summary of
vulnerabilities then informs the mitigation strategy. It will also help you share the data with elected
officials and others in a condensed and accessible format, better allowing them to make informed
decisions for the community.
One good approach to summarizing vulnerabilities is to write problem statements. For instance, your
analysis of impacts and losses helps you see which critical facilities are in hazard areas. You know
which neighborhood had the most flood damage in the past. You know which hazard-prone areas are
zoned for future development. Select the information on the issues of greatest concern. The
planning team can see the impacts of each hazard. This will help them develop problem statements
(see below). They may also identify problems or issues that apply to all hazards.
When you are developing a plan, revise the problem statements to reflect the current risk
assessment. You may need to develop new statements. Remove or revise ones that are no longer
valid. Perhaps mitigation projects have addressed the risk or conditions have changed.
Here are some example problem statements:
The sewage treatment plant is in the 100-year floodplain. It has been damaged by past flood
events. It serves 10,000 residential and commercial properties.
The city recently annexed an area in the wildland-urban interface. The land use and building
codes do not address wildfire hazard areas. Future development in the wildland-urban interface
will increase the vulnerability to wildfires.
The city is in a seismic hazard area and is subject to severe ground shaking and soil liquefaction.
Hazus predicts a 6.0 magnitude event would result in $10.5 million in structural losses and $40
million in non-structural losses. Damage will be greatest to the 100 unreinforced masonry
buildings (pre- building code) in the downtown business district.
The schools are a central focus of the community. They offer opportunities to educate the public
about hazards, risk and mitigation. In addition, many school facilities are vulnerable to one or
more hazards, including flooding, earthquake, tornado and severe winter storms.
Local Handbook Update
78
Within the city, people of color and lower-income families are concentrated in high-density urban
areas that receive a disproportionate exposure to extreme heat events.
Evacuation route signs are only provided in English. The city has a large number of non-English
speaking residents who therefore may not be able to access evacuation routes in a disaster.
The city is in a coastal area that is subject to the effects of sea level rise. Climate change is
causing sea levels to rise, which is causing coastal inundation that threatens over 250
residential properties.
Policy Connection: Element B2
Does the plan include a summary of the jurisdiction's vulnerability and the impacts on the
community from the identified hazards? Does this summary also address NFIP-insured
structures that have been repetitively damaged by floods?
4.3. Document the Risk Assessment
The quantity of information produced as part of a risk assessment varies from community to
community. This variation depends on the:
Size of communities.
Number of participating jurisdictions.
Number of hazards.
Available data.
Technical expertise.
Other factors.
It is important to document your process for conducting the risk assessment. This is part of the
planning process. Some data inputs and outputs are not likely to be needed in the main body of the
plan. You may add some of that information in appendices. Some may be integrated and updated in
your community’s GIS program, record keeping and other systems. In the plan, the information
should be focused on communicating the analysis and findings to a non-scientific audience of
planners, policy makers and community members. The information discovered as you assess the
risks should be directly tied to the mitigation strategy you develop.
Local Handbook Update
79
Task 5. Review Community
Capabilities
5.1. Capability Assessment
Each participant has a unique set of tools available to increase their resilience. These tools are their
capabilities. They include the laws, policies, programs, staff, funding and other resources on hand to
carry out the plan and increase resilience. Reviewing each participant’s capabilities helps the
planning team find and evaluate resources they can use to reduce disaster losses now or in the
future. This is especially useful for multijurisdictional plans where capabilities vary.
The capability assessment is an evaluation, not a report-out. The plan must describe which
authorities, policies, programs, funding and resources a participant has to accomplish hazard
mitigation. The discussion must include the building codes, land use and development codes,
ordinances and regulations key to reducing risk. It must also describe ways each participant can
expand on and improve their capabilities. Think about how capabilities help reduce risk. Do they
actively support mitigation? Do any support activities that increase risks? Address the opportunities
present and be clear about the gaps and challenges.
Connecting Capabilities Throughout the Plan
The capability assessment should relate to the hazards in the risk assessment. Think about
the range of resources, including staff and data, that support understanding of those hazards.
Capabilities may not be hazard specific, but they should be able to meet the challenges posed
by those hazards.
The capability assessment also informs the mitigation strategy. The chosen actions should
either match the community’s resources or support strengthening or building capacity where
resources might not exist. Use the capability assessment to pick mitigation actions that are
suited to each participant. For example, a participant with limited funding and no grant writing
experience may need additional help from state and federal agencies to carry out a large-scale
structural project that will require a grant and a large local match.
Begin by reviewing existing publicly available information that can help you understand capabilities.
Each participant’s capabilities are unique. It is important to include them in the assessment. You can
hold interviews or ask participants to complete Worksheet 4: Capability Assessment. This worksheet
points participant agencies, departments and other community partners to available programs,
regulations, resources and practices. The worksheet’s questions help each participant see how they
Local Handbook Update
80
can specifically support mitigation. There is a wide range of capabilities. Not every participant will
have each one. Participants may also have capabilities they can add to the worksheet.
The capability assessment requires participants to describe how they can expand on and improve
capabilities. This task recognizes that the mitigation plan is a long-term strategy to reduce risk.
Moving the plan into action takes time and may happen over several planning update cycles. It is
important to look ahead at participants’ will. Can they improve their capabilities to reduce their risk?
For example, it will be difficult for a community to improve their building code if the statewide code
does not include disaster-resistant provisions. Participants are not penalized for not having the
authority or ability to improve a capability. However, describe those gaps. The gaps may lead to
actions in the mitigation strategy.
Equity in the Capability Assessment
Keep equity in mind when looking at capabilities. Underserved communities, such as low-
income and communities of color, have been systematically denied chances to participate in
parts of economic, social and civic life. Consider this in the capability assessment.
Take an honest look at participants’ barriers to accessing resources. Note what can be done to
reduce those barriers. Second, recognize that non-traditional capabilities are valuable. For
example, an underserved community in the planning area may have a strong network of
community advocates who can support mitigation. Not all capabilities come from having
money and legal standing. By reducing barriers for underserved communities and vulnerable
populations, local governments support a whole-community approach to mitigation.
Use the following questions to bring equity into the capability assessment.
Which communities and populations lack resources to meet mitigation goals and improve
resilience? What gaps may exist that decrease an underserved community’s ability to
access resources and plan for risk reduction?
Do any capabilities disproportionately benefit wealthy areas or neighborhoods?
Do any capabilities actively increase the vulnerability of underserved and socially
vulnerable populations and communities?
How can we think differently about non-monetary and non-traditional resources and
partners?
5.2. Types of Capabilities
There are four key types of mitigation capabilities:
Planning and regulatory.
Administrative and technical.
Local Handbook Update
81
Financial.
Education and outreach.
Each type of capability may include laws, regulations, policies, programs, staff or funding. They may
go beyond traditional mitigation, too. The planning team may find other capabilities that help make
the planning area more resilient.
5.2.1. Planning and Regulatory
Planning and regulatory capabilities are the codes, ordinances, policies, laws, plans and programs
that guide growth and development. These capabilities can either support risk reduction or create
areas that are more vulnerable to disaster. Common planning capabilities include comprehensive or
master plans, housing plans, capital improvement programs, transportation plans, economic
development strategies, disaster recovery plans and others. Also evaluate less-common plans if they
exist, such as resilience and climate adaptation plans, natural resource plans, historic preservation
plans, and water efficiency and conservation plans. Local plans have specific actions or policies that
support community goals and drive decisions.
This type of capability also includes regulations and related processes. The plan must discuss the
existing building codes and land use and development ordinances. Land use and development
ordinances include zoning, subdivision, floodplain management, wildfire or steep slope regulations.
They also include processes like site plan review. These capabilities regulate where land is
developed and how buildings are constructed. Planning and regulatory capabilities include current
plans and regulations. You should also consider a participant’s ability to change and improve them
as needed.
Building Codes and Mitigation Capabilities
Hazard-resistant building codes reduce loss of life and property. The National Institute of
Building Sciences’ Natural Hazard Mitigation Saves study found that adopting disaster-
resistant building codes saves $11 for each $1 spent on implementation. FEMA’s Building
Codes Save: A Nationwide Study shows that modern building codes lead to fewer property
losses from natural disasters.
Local Handbook Update
82
Figure 13: The Building Codes Save study shows how building code adoption and
enforcement is a cost-effective way to reduce losses. In this example, a $4,500 investment
leads to $48,000 cumulative losses avoided over 30 years.
Several resources support the adoption and enforcement of building codes.
Nationwide Building Code Adoption Tracking. This FEMA resource notes jurisdictions which
have adopted building codes.
Building Codes Adoption Playbook. This FEMA resource helps states and jurisdictions
promote, adopt and enforce up-to-date building codes.
Inspect to Protect website. This Department of Homeland Security resource shows how
well current building codes mitigate hazards.
The Building Code Effectiveness Grading Schedule assesses community building codes
and their enforcement.
Ask the following questions to identify and describe planning and regulatory capabilities:
What is the legal framework for land use planning in the state and participating communities? (A
useful resource for this is the 2022 Survey of State Planning Laws
)
What kinds of plans does each participant have? Which do they use most often?
Are there any laws or ordinances that mitigate hazards?
How do participants regulate growth and development?
How do participants protect community lifelines and other critical facilities, including dams and
levees?
Local Handbook Update
83
How do planning and development decisions and processes account for and/or increase hazard
risk?
Case Study: Planning for Hazards (Colorado)
Land use policies and regulations can be powerful tools to promote smart growth and reduce
long-term risk. Land use supports hazard mitigation in a few key ways:
Preventing development in hazard-prone areas.
Directing future growth to safer areas.
Protecting existing development in hazard-prone areas.
Recognizing a need to better understand how land use can support mitigation and resilience,
Colorado developed Planning for Hazards. It is a comprehensive guide on how to add hazard
mitigation into land use and development plans, codes and standards. This guide is specific to
Colorado; not every land use tool works in every community. However, the guide provides great
background information on different kinds of planning and regulatory tools that reduce risk. It
also includes model code language and advice.
Figure 14: Planning for Hazards describes six categories of planning tools that can reduce
risk. It also aligns the tools to 12 different hazards.
5.2.2. Administrative and Technical
Administrative and technical capabilities are the participant’s staff, skills and tools. These
capabilities can be used for mitigation planning and to carry out specific mitigation actions. They also
include the ability to access, coordinate and implement these resources effectively. Think of these as
“people-powered” capabilities.
Human resources can include staff and volunteer engineers, planners, emergency managers, GIS
analysts, building inspectors, grant writers, floodplain managers, climate and sustainability
coordinators and communications specialists. For jurisdictions with limited staff, consider capacity
as well as capability. Staff members may have the right skills, but do they have time to support
mitigation?
Local Handbook Update
84
This category can go beyond paid staff. It can include other public and private sector resources.
County, regional, quasigovernmental or nongovernmental agencies may be able to support
mitigation. Community-based organizations and other grassroots groups can also help, especially in
underserved communities. They have deep roots in their communities and may have technical
experts or lived experiences that can support mitigation.
Ask the following questions to evaluate these capabilities:
Which staff are available to help carry out the plan?
Who will be responsible for implementing mitigation actions?
Have available staff been trained to support mitigation?
Are outside technical expertise or resources needed?
Do government agencies and departments regularly coordinate and problem-solve?
Are agreements in place between participants or between participants and other organizations
that provide regular administrative or technical assistance?
Do participants work with nongovernmental organizations who also work in mitigation?
5.2.3. Financial
Financial capabilities are the resources to fund mitigation actions. Talking about funding and
financial capabilities is important because mitigation actions have different costs. Mitigation actions
like outreach programs are lower cost and often use staff time and existing budgets. Other actions,
like earthquake retrofits, could require substantial funding from local, state and federal partners.
Consider a wide range of financial capabilities in the assessment, such as:
Property, sales, income or special purpose taxes.
General funds.
Utility service fees.
Impact fees from new development and redevelopment.
General obligation or special purpose bonds.
Federal funding.
State funding.
Private or nonprofit grants, loans or funding.
Any other previously identified potential cash or third-party, in-kind contributions.
For any of these, consider whether the resource has been used in the past. If it has, for what kinds of
activities? Could it be used for mitigation? If the funding is local, could it be used for the local match
of a federal grant?
Local Handbook Update
85
One important local government action to get funds into mitigation projects is to describe how capital
projects are prioritized among competing priorities. Are projects ranked, and how? How does
mitigation fit into the capital improvement plan? Are there any financial policies in place that direct
available funds to mitigation projects, or that can be used as non-federal grant match?
Mitigation Assistance Resource Guide
FEMA developed and published a document called the Mitigation Assistance Resource Guide
to identify federal funding, technical assistance and other resources to support hazard
mitigation.
The guide identifies different types of resources that local communities can use to advance
mitigation actions and increase resilience. These resource types include grants, loans and
technical assistance. The guide also prioritizes programs that support the following action
types:
Education and Outreach
Natural Systems Protection
Planning and Regulations
Structure and Infrastructure
The guide identifies specifics to each program such as who is eligible, hazards addressed,
restrictions, cost share and a web link to the resource. The guide also briefly describes the
resource and identifies a mitigation success story that used the profiled program. Some FEMA
regions have expanded versions of these guides that identify state resources in addition to the
federal resources.
5.2.4. Education and Outreach
Education and outreach capabilities are programs and methods that can communicate about and
encourage risk reduction. These programs may be run by a participant or a community-based
partner. Partners, especially those who work with underserved communities, can connect the
planning team to education and outreach capabilities.
Education and outreach activities can often be the easiest and most impactful activities for local
agencies. They are easy to combine with other efforts. For example, education and outreach can
bring mitigation and resilience topics to places where community members are already convened.
While they take careful planning, these activities can often be accomplished without outside grant
funding or expertise.
Examples of education and outreach capabilities include:
Fire safety programs.
Local Handbook Update
86
Flood, dam and levee safety outreach, including awareness of inundation zones.
Public-private partnerships around disaster preparedness and recovery.
Other federal or nongovernmental organization programs like the National Weather Service
StormReady® or TsunamiReady® program or the National Fire Protection Association’s
Firewise
USA® program.
Activities and awareness campaigns like the Great Shakeout should also be included. Some
communities have their own public information or communications office to handle outreach
initiatives.
Ask the following questions to describe education and outreach capabilities:
What outreach programs do participants use to share important information?
What venues do participants use for outreach activities? Could they be used to promote risk
reduction?
What new or additional outreach efforts could get the most public participation and support for
risk reduction?
Case Study: Boulder County, CO
In its 2022 plan update, Boulder County approached its public involvement strategy with a
focus on equity and inclusion. Of its five overarching goals, one was to “Improve Public
Awareness and Preparedness Regarding Hazard Vulnerability and Mitigation.” To do this,
Boulder County launched a social media campaign to include members of the community that
had historically been absent from or underrepresented in the hazard mitigation planning
process.
While the original outreach and engagement plan featured several in-person public meetings,
the Covid-19 pandemic forced the county to shift gears. Their revised strategy was to post
updates online via the Office of Emergency Management’s website and Facebook page. The
county’s public survey to gather information about hazard mitigation in the planning area
garnered 1,700 views and 334 responses. The survey revealed that 88% of respondents had
never participated in hazard mitigation planning before, making this outreach effort a clear
success in engaging new community members.
In addition to its social media campaign, Boulder County gave the public many opportunities to
comment on the plan over a period of several months rather than holding only one or two
public meetings (as is more common).
The county went further to center on equitable and meaningful engagement opportunities by
aiming to grow participation even more during the maintenance cycle of the 2022-2027
Local Handbook Update
87
mitigation plan. Their forward-looking engagement strategy considers goals, target audiences,
platforms, engagement tactics and evaluation measures for public involvement during plan
maintenance.
Policy Connection: Element C1
Does the plan document each participant’s existing authorities, policies, programs and
resources and its ability to expand on and improve these existing policies and programs?
5.3. National Flood Insurance Program
Communities across the country build their flood management capabilities by participating in the
National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). The NFIP supports flood risk reduction before and after
disasters. It helps reduce the socioeconomic impact of floods. The NFIP allows property owners and
renters in participating communities to purchase federal flood insurance policies to recover financial
losses after a flood. To participate in the NFIP, communities adopt and enforce floodplain
management policies to reduce the effects of flooding.
The NFIP is a key capability for plan participants. The local mitigation plan must describe how each
community complies with the NFIP. For the most part, NFIP communities are local governments,
excluding special districts. The local floodplain administrator is a key resource for understanding
NFIP-related capabilities. If a jurisdiction does not participate in the NFIP, state this in the plan and
explain why.
The NFIP touches all four types of capabilities:
Planning and regulatory. Adopting floodplain management regulations and managing
development in the floodplain is an NFIP requirement.
Administrative and technical. Each community must designate a floodplain administrator. Other
administrative and technical capabilities that support NFIP compliance may relate to permitting,
zoning or site plan review.
Financial. Having NFIP policies supports financial capabilities. Having NFIP policies in a
community speeds recovery and allows post-disaster funds to be used elsewhere. Joining the
NFIP gives communities access to other kinds of pre- and post-disaster funding for mitigation.
Education and outreach. Education and outreach programs and tools through the NFIP may
support flood risk communication and mitigation.
In addressing NFIP capabilities, the plan must include information on:
NFIP participation.
Local Handbook Update
88
Adoption of NFIP minimum criteria in local regulations. Participants who have adopted higher
standards should explain those standards.
Adoption of the latest effective FIRM.
Enforcement of local floodplain regulations to manage development in the floodplain.
Staff capabilities to implement the NFIP and local floodplain regulations.
How participating communities use the NFIP to reduce risk after a disaster through substantial
damage and substantial improvement provisions.
Communities can decide how to present this information. Communities often include a table with
NFIP information and narratives for more context.
Worksheet 5
is a tool to help participants understand their NFIP capabilities. It will also help identify
actions to improve the existing program. The plan does not need to include specific actions in the
mitigation strategy for NFIP compliance. However, it is a good idea to include such actions to improve
community-wide resilience outcomes.
5.3.1. NFIP Participation
Communities apply to join the NFIP program, adopt a resolution of their intent to participate, and
adopt and submit a FEMA-approved floodplain management ordinance. They also adopt the FIRM.
Communities can participate in the NFIP even if they have no mapped special flood hazard areas or
are minimally floodprone.
If a plan participant does not participate in the NFIP, the plan should also state that. Non-
participating communities should include why they don’t participate, regardless of the reason.
Property owners and renters in nonparticipating communities cannot purchase or renew NFIP flood
insurance. These community also faces other sanctions. The use of federal disaster assistance is
restricted. Federal grants and loans for acquiring, repairing and constructing buildings in identified
flood hazard areas are also limited.
The NFIP Floodplain Management Requirements Study Guide
and Desk Reference for Local Officials has more information on how the NFIP works.
First describe each participant’s NFIP status. This information is in the NFIP Community Status Book.
For participating communities, include when the community joined the NFIP. Nonparticipating
communities should explain why they do not participate. This may include why the community was
suspended and any plans it has to re-enter the NFIP, if appropriate. In addition to basic participation
information, the plan may list total flood insurance policies, premiums, coverage amounts and claims
history. Include any repetitive loss properties.
Local Handbook Update
89
Being a participant in the NFIP means a local community has met the program criteria.
Participation in the NFIP is based on an agreement between communities and FEMA. The NFIP
has three basic components:
1. Floodplain mapping. NFIP participation requires the community to adopt the FIRM to
provide the data needed to administer floodplain management programs.
2. Floodplain management. The NFIP requires communities to adopt and enforce the
minimum federal floodplain management regulations that reduce the effects of flooding on
new and improved structures. States and communities may have more restrictive elements in
their floodplain ordinances to provide additional safety measures.
3. Flood insurance. Community participation in the NFIP enables property owners and
renters to purchase insurance to protect against flood losses. In exchange, the community
adopts floodplain management regulations that reduce future flood damages.
5.3.2. Adoption of NFIP Standards and Maps
Participating communities must adopt NFIP minimum floodplain management criteria through local
regulation. They must also adopt the latest effective FIRM. These are important planning and
regulatory capabilities because they support risk-aware development decisions in and around the
floodplain.
The NFIP has national minimum criteria (see 44 CFR §60 Subpart A). Participants must adopt these
minimum criteria. Many states require communities to adopt floodplain management regulations
that exceed the national minimum. These are called higher standards. Communities can also elect to
enforce higher standards to better manage their flood risk. The plan must say whether each
participant has adopted the minimum NFIP floodplain management criteria and the latest FIRM.
Note the effective FIRM date. The plan should also note if a community participates but has no
identified special flood hazard areas. Participants who have adopted higher standards should
explain those standards. If applicable, include activities that contributed to the community’s class
ranking in the CRS
.
Did you know?
The NFIP minimum criteria include:
Elevating new and substantially improved residential structures to the base (1%-annual-
chance) flood level.
Elevating or making watertight (dry floodproofing) new or substantially improved non-
residential structures.
Local Handbook Update
90
Limiting development in floodways. The floodway is the portion of the floodplain reserved
to carry deeper and faster moving water.
Protecting buildings in coastal areas from the impacts of waves and storm damage.
Higher standards provide a higher level of floodplain management and protection, as the name
implies. Here are some examples of higher standards.
Encouraging new construction to be 1 or more feet above the base flood elevation. This is
called freeboard.
Requiring roadways and other access points in a development project, especially
evacuation routes, to be above the base flood elevation.
Compensating for loss of the floodplain’s ability to store water when it is filled in. This is
called compensatory storage.
Protecting critical facilities and community lifelines by prohibiting them in the special flood
hazard area.
Protecting open space beside the floodplain.
Regulating development in community-identified or projected future flood hazard areas.
5.3.3. Staffing, Enforcement and Continued Compliance in the NFIP
Adopting floodplain management rules is only effective if the rules are followed and enforced. Each
NFIP-participating community must describe how they comply with the NFIP requirements. This
includes listing the agency or person responsible for implementing the NFIP in the community. This is
usually the floodplain manager or administrator. The mitigation plan must do more than state that
the community will continue to comply with the NFIP. It is important to explain how they will comply.
Consider these questions when describing continued NFIP compliance:
Who is the floodplain manager? Is this their primary or a secondary role? Does this person have
adequate training and capacity for their role?
Is the FIRM and FIS report in an accessible location? Does the community (or state) promote
public access to floodplain information?
How does the community support map change requests? These could be requests during the
Risk MAP process or through Letters of Map Amendment or Revision.
Does the community collect updated floodplain data or modeling? Is this shared with partners
and with FEMA?
How does the community issue development permits in the special flood hazard area? Who is
responsible for permitting?
How are floodplains regulated in new subdivisions?
Local Handbook Update
91
Does the community maintain elevation records? Does it track the number of buildings in the
special flood hazard area?
How does the community enforce its floodplain rules? Does enforcement include monitoring
compliance and acting to correct violations?
How does the community educate the public on floodplain management and the availability of
flood insurance, in and out of the floodplain?
The floodplain manager is a key partner in understanding floodplain management enforcement and
NFIP compliance. You may want to engage with your state NFIP Coordinator, too. This information
may be found in the results of a recent Community Assistance Visit (CAV)
.
Suspended or withdrawn communities should describe the conditions of their suspension or
withdrawal from the program. NFIP participation is a critical piece of the FEMA HMA grant program.
Communities that do not participate in the NFIP risk losing access to important pre- and post-
disaster grant programs.
Go beyond the minimum with the CRS
The is a voluntary incentive program of the NFIP. CRS communities exceed the minimum NFIP
requirements to further reduce their flood risk. They do this by addressing the program’s three
goals:
Reduce and avoid flood damage to insurable property.
Strengthen and support the insurance aspects of the NFIP.
Foster comprehensive floodplain management.
If a community participates in the CRS, note this in the plan. Communities can get CRS activity
points for 19 public information and floodplain management activities. In exchange for doing
these activities, residents get a discount on their flood insurance premiums. The amount of the
discount is based on activity points more points equals a higher discount.
CRS communities should describe what they’ve done to achieve the CRS goals. It can also be
helpful to describe how they addressed challenges or issues during community assistance and
monitoring activities.
One CRS activity is floodplain management planning. This can lead to a standalone plan or
can be met with the mitigation plan. For more information on how to coordinate the local
mitigation plan and the CRS floodplain management plan, read the Mitigation Planning and
the CRS Key Topics Bulletin.
Local Handbook Update
92
5.3.4. Substantial Damage and Substantial Improvement
The NFIP looks to reduce flood risk after a flood event. It does this through substantial
damage/substantial improvement rules. These rules apply when a structure is more than 50%
damaged or improved (by cost). The owner must build in a way that complies with current building
codes and ordinances. This applies even if the structure was exempt from those rules before the
damage or improvement. It also applies to damage from non-flood events like fire or wind.
Substantial damage/substantial improvement allows communities to require owners of structures
built before they joined the NFIP to comply with current standards. Communities are responsible for
making substantial damage/substantial improvement determinations and notifying property owners.
The plan must describe how participants carry out the substantial improvement/substantial damage
parts of their floodplain management regulations. This could include describing:
Which agency or person makes substantial damage/substantial improvement determinations.
Whether staff are trained to make substantial damage/substantial improvement determinations
and if there are enough staff to complete them.
The process the communities uses to make determinations.
The community’s methods for communicating substantial damage/substantial improvement
requirements before and after an event.
For more details, read FEMA 758: Substantial Improvement/Substantial Damage Desk Reference
.
Policy Connection: Element C2
Does the plan address each jurisdiction’s participation in the NFIP and continued compliance
with NFIP requirements, as appropriate?
5.4. Documenting Capabilities
After identifying and evaluating capabilities, document them. The plan must describe each
participant’s capabilities and how they can support the mitigation strategy. This can be done in a
table or narrative. Either way, make sure the plan documents existing capabilities for
each
participant and describes
their ability to expand and improve capabilities.
Local Handbook Update
93
Task 6. Develop a Mitigation
Strategy
The heart of the mitigation plan is the mitigation strategy. The mitigation strategy is the long-term
blueprint for reducing the potential losses identified in the risk assessment. The mitigation strategy
describes how the community will accomplish the overall purpose, or mission, of the planning
process.
6.1. The Mitigation Strategy: Goals, Actions and Action
Plan
The mitigation strategy has three main required components: mitigation goals, mitigation actions
and an action plan to carry them out. These items set the framework to identify, prioritize and act to
reduce risk.
Mitigation goals describe what the community wants to achieve as a desired future state with the
plan, see Figure 15. They are broad, long-term policy and vision statements that explain what the
mitigation strategy aims to achieve. They are visions for reducing or avoiding losses from the
identified hazards.
Example goal: Minimize new development in hazard-prone areas, including areas possibly
affected by dam and/or levee mis-operation or failures.
Mitigation actions are specific projects and activities that help achieve the goals. They are measures,
projects, plans or activities proposed to reduce the current and future vulnerabilities described in the
risk assessment.
Example action: Amend the zoning ordinance to discourage development in wetlands, floodplains
and inundation zones.
The action plan describes how the mitigation actions will be carried out. The plan tells how the
actions will be prioritized, administered and tied into the community’s existing planning mechanisms.
In a multi-jurisdictional plan, each community must clearly have actions specific to its vulnerabilities.
Local Handbook Update
94
Figure 15: Mitigation strategy.
6.2. Mitigation Goals
The plan must include hazard mitigation goals the community wants to achieve by carrying out their
mitigation plan. Clear goals that are agreed upon by the planning team, elected officials and the
public are the basis for prioritizing mitigation actions. Mitigation goals must be consistent with the
hazards identified and described in the risk assessment.
Common goals include:
Minimize loss of life, injury and damage to property, the economy and the environment from
natural hazards.
Build and enhance local mitigation capabilities to ensure the safety and resilience of all
community members. Reduce damage to public buildings and ensure continuity of emergency
services.
Maintain the jurisdiction’s natural and man-made systems that protect against natural hazards.
Increase cooperation and coordination among private entities, local agencies, state agencies
and federal agencies.
Protect natural, historic and cultural resources.
Whether you are updating goals or developing new ones, here are some considerations:
Risk assessment findings. Review the findings of the risk assessment, especially the problem
statements. Group the problem statements by themes, such as hazards, assets at risk or
location. Several problem statements or groups may lead to a single mitigation goal.
Local Handbook Update
95
Outreach findings. Consider themes that stood out during planning team meetings and outreach
activities. For instance, improving education and awareness about hazards may be a common
theme.
Community goals. Review existing plans and other policy documents to ensure hazard mitigation
goals are consistent with the goals of other community plans, such as the comprehensive plan,
and other objectives established by the governing body. Mitigation goals that complement other
plans and policies may garner more support.
State hazard mitigation goals. Review the goals included in your state’s hazard mitigation plan. It
may be strategic to align your plan’s goals to the state’s plan.
If you are developing a plan, the planning team should review the previous goals and reaffirm or
change them based on current conditions and priorities.
Ensure That Goals Benefit the Whole Community
Individuals and groups within your community have differing needs, preferences and strengths.
When your most underserved and socially vulnerable residents can participate in and benefit
from your plan and your projects, the rest of your community will too.
You might use a planning approach in which you set large-scale goals for your entire
community, but then use targeted approaches to meet those goals for even the most
underserved and socially vulnerable populations.
For example, you could set a goal of making sure that all residents, workers and visitors have
the ability to access safe, cool spaces during a heat wave. While the wealthiest residents most
likely have access to private homes with air conditioning, lower-income residents may lack
such resources. Also, anyone can be affected by storms or other disruptions to cooling
systems.
To resolve this disparity and achieve the overarching goal of community resilience to high heat
events, your community may decide to create public cooling centers. However, this may not
meet the need. These spaces also need to be accessible to those who need them. Consider
accessibility to people with disabilities, public transit availability and proximity. Also consider
ways to provide travel vouchers, availability of wi-fi and charging stations (including power
cords), access to potable water and facilities, and staff cultural or language competencies.
It is also important to think about the potential consequences of your plan as it may have
unintended impacts on socially vulnerable populations. For instance, while many mitigation
measures increase property values and improve neighborhood livability, these effects can
contribute to gentrification. Gentrification often displaces low-income residents and disrupts
the social fabric of a community. This could decrease the overall resilience of already-at-risk
groups. By thinking through potential impacts like these, you can proactively work to address
them.
Local Handbook Update
96
Resources:
What Equitable Mitigation Looks Like (FEMA)
Planning for Equity: Policy Guide (APA)
Spotlight on HHPDs
To meet requirement HHPD3, the local mitigation plan must:
Address a reduction in vulnerabilities to and from HHPDs as part of its own goals or with
other long-term strategies. The plan does not need to include a goal specific to HHPDs
alone.
Link proposed actions that reduce long-term vulnerabilities consistent with the goals.
Include goals to reduce long term vulnerability to HHPDs. Consider the entire inventory of
dams that have potential impacts in the planning area, even if they do not have a hazard
potential classification or eligibility for HHPD funding.
Policy Connection: Element C3
Does the plan include goals to reduce/avoid long-term vulnerabilities to the identified hazards?
6.3. Mitigation Actions
A mitigation action is a measure, project, plan or activity proposed to reduce or eliminate current and
future vulnerabilities described in the risk assessment. Mitigation actions help achieve the plan’s
mission and goals. The actions to reduce vulnerability to threats and hazards form the core of the
plan and are a key outcome of the planning process.
Local Handbook Update
97
6.3.1. Types of Mitigation Actions
Mitigation actions primarily fall into four categories:
Figure 16: Examples of the four types of mitigation categories
Table 9 describes these types of mitigation actions.
Table 9: Types of Mitigation Actions.
Mitigation
Type
Description Examples
Local Plans
and
Regulations
These actions include government
authorities, policies or codes that
Comprehensive plans
Land use ordinances
Local Handbook Update
98
Mitigation
Type
Description Examples
influence the way land and buildings
are developed and built.
Subdivision regulations
Development review
Building codes and enforcement
NFIP CRS
Capital improvement programs
Open space preservation
Stormwater management regulations
and master plans
Structure and
Infrastructure
Projects
These actions involve modifying
existing structures and infrastructure
to protect them from a hazard or
remove them from a hazard area. This
could apply to public or private
structures as well as critical facilities
and infrastructure.
Acquisitions and elevations of
structures in flood-prone areas
Utility undergrounding
Structural retrofits
Floodwalls and retaining walls
Detention and retention structures
Culverts
Safe rooms
Natural
Systems
Protection and
Nature-based
Solutions
This type of action can include green
infrastructure and low impact
development, nature-based solutions,
Engineering with Nature and
bioengineering to incorporate natural
features or processes into the built
environment.
Sediment and erosion control
Stream corridor restoration
Forest management
Conservation easements
Wetland restoration and
preservation
Land conservation
Greenways
Rain gardens
Living shorelines
Education and
Awareness
Programs
These types of actions keep residents
informed about potential natural
disasters. Many of these types of
actions are eligible for funding
through the FEMA HMA program.
Radio or television spots
Social media outreach
Websites with maps and information
Real estate disclosure
Presentations to school groups or
neighborhood organizations
Mailings to residents in hazard-prone
areas
Local Handbook Update
99
Mitigation
Type
Description Examples
Targeted outreach to underserved
communities and socially vulnerable
populations
Outreach materials in languages
other than English
Figure 17: From top left to bottom right: living shorelines, stormwater parks, green roofs, tree
trenches, land conservation, and green streets are all examples of natural systems protection
projects or actions which can improve mitigation and promote community resilience. These ideas
and more can be found in FEMA’s Nature Based Solutions Guide
.
Case Study: City of Philadelphia
The City of Philadelphia demonstrated a comprehensive identification of mitigation actions in
their 2022 hazard mitigation plan update. The results of examining their 2017 strategies
against their 2022 priorities are mitigation actions that extensively support the city’s risk
Local Handbook Update
100
assessment, advance climate adaptation and equity, and bridge the transition from planning to
implementation.
During the planning process, the city reviewed its mitigation strategy and noted that the
actions from their 2017 plan update were mostly focused on post-disaster response. To shift
from response to prevention, the city focused on proposing mitigation actions for their 2022
plan that reduced or eliminated long-term risks to hazards. The city held two brainstorming
sessions with their steering committee and stakeholders, one focused on infrastructure and
the other on nature-based solutions, to come up with mitigation actions. In prioritizing the
proposed actions for the plan, the steering committee included scoring criteria for equity and
severity of risk that the addressed hazard poses.
The result of this planning process and commitment to make extensive changes as necessary
is a comprehensive suite of mitigation actions that support the city’s mitigation goals and risk
assessment. A total of 73 out of the 331 existing/potential actions from 2017 were removed
as a result of the shift from response to mitigation actions. In addition to actions that address
multiple hazards, the city includes multiple mitigation actions for a majority of the individual
hazards identified in their risk assessment. The city showcases how many actions support
each identified hazard and each mitigation goal in a separate table. In support of their 2022
mitigation goals, the city includes mitigation actions that strive towards climate adaptation and
equity.
Another new addition to their 2022 plan is the Mitigation in Focus prioritization. In ranking
their actions for prioritization, the steering committee identified and ranked 10 high-priority
actions. They then collected additional information for these actions, including next steps,
potential resources, and equity and resilience outcomes. The purpose of this is to provide a
starting point for the city’s mitigation strategy containing 163 total actions as they focus on
implementation efforts over the 5 years between plan updates. All of the extra steps taken
during their plan update provided the city with an all-inclusive, useful hazard mitigation plan
and a clear path to implementation.
6.3.2. Identifying Mitigation Actions
The mitigation planning regulation requires each participant to identify and analyze a comprehensive
range of specific mitigation actions and projects to reduce the impacts of the hazards each
jurisdiction has identified in the risk assessment. Emphasis is placed on the impacts or
vulnerabilities identified in the risk assessment, not the hazards themselves. These impacts and
vulnerabilities may be summarized in problem statements. Some hazards may not have many
impacts, or the impacts may already be mitigated. In this case, fewer mitigation actions may be
identified than for a hazard causing more frequent or severe impacts.
Local Handbook Update
101
Preparedness and Response Actions
There are many types of emergency management activities, including preparedness, response
and mitigation activities. However, to meet the federal requirements, the plan must have
mitigation-specific actions. You may include your community’s preparedness and response
actions in this plan, but keep in mind that preparedness and response actions do not meet the
federal requirement to identify mitigation actions. The planning team should know the
differences between mitigation and other emergency management activities.
Though funding and support may not be immediately available for every action, including the actions
in the plan may lead to future opportunities for implementation. Some actions can be undertaken
after a disaster when additional funding and political and public support are available (e.g., acquiring
homes in a flood hazard area). If actions are not included in the plan, securing funding may be more
difficult once it becomes available.
Spotlight on High Hazard Potential Dams
To meet requirement HHPD4, the local mitigation plan must:
Describe a range of specific actions, such as:
- Rehabilitating/removing dams.
- Adopting and enforcing land use ordinances in inundation zones.
- Elevating structures in inundation zones.
- Adding flood protection, such as berms, floodwalls or floodproofing, in inundation zones.
Describe the criteria used for prioritizing actions related to HHPDs.
Identify the position, office, department or agency responsible for implementing and
administering the action(s) related to mitigating hazards to or from HHPDs.
6.3.2.1 INCORPORATE RISK ASSESSMENT FINDINGS INTO THE MITIGATION STRATEGY
Each step in a plan’s development builds upon the others. As such, the risk assessment that was
developed informs the actions chosen for the mitigation strategy. The actions included must address
their specific vulnerabilities identified in the plan.
The plan’s risk assessment identified hazards that could affect the planning area and the
participating jurisdictions. Any hazard that is important enough to be profiled in the plan must have
at least one mitigation action associated with it. Some plans may sort hazards based on a set of
Local Handbook Update
102
inputs. However, if a participating community, stakeholder or the public wants to include a specific
hazard profile, then there must be a mitigation action associated with that hazard
Start by looking at the vulnerabilities listed in the risk assessment. If you have not already developed
problem statements that address those vulnerabilities, you may choose to develop problem
statements. For each problem statement, consider different mitigation actions to address the
identified issue (e.g., structure and infrastructure or education and awareness). Think
comprehensively when identifying potential actions. Actions may address more than one hazard and
apply to more than one community. For instance, building a storm shelter or safe room can help
multiple nearby communities that may not have one themselves. That shelter could also act as a
heating or cooling center for extreme temperatures.
Figure 18: Risk Assessment’s Relationship to the Mitigation Strategy
The problem statement in Table 10 shows how a community’s wildfire risk can be used to develop
potential actions.
Table 10: Example actions developed using a problem statement
Problem Statement Potential Actions
In wildland-urban interface
areas, two critical facilities
(school and county
maintenance shop), 200 low-
income residents, and $500
million in property value are at
risk from wildfires. Development
pressure is also increasing.
Local Planning and Regulations:
Adopt a wildfire mitigation
ordinance to limit the use and development of wildfire hazard
areas to mitigate risk to life and property.
Structure and Infrastructure Projects:
Retrofit the school and
the county maintenance shop with fire-resistant construction
materials and create a defensible space around the buildings.
Natural Systems Protection and Nature-based Solutions:
Identify large tracts of vacant land in high-hazard areas. The
Department of Parks can acquire the land to develop trails and
preserve open space.
Action Plan
Finalized
Potential
Actions
Developed
Problem
Statements
Formed
Vulnerabilities
Identified
Hazards
Profiled
Local Handbook Update
103
Problem Statement Potential Actions
Education and Awareness Programs:
Provide low-income
renters and property owners with tools and information about
how to protect themselves and their property during a wildfire.
If necessary, connect them with funding resources to reduce
their risk via physical interventions (e.g., fire-proof roofs,
clearing brush and vegetation around buildings, clear signage
for evacuation routes).
For certain situations, you may not have enough information to recommend a specific mitigation
project. In these cases, consider a mitigation action to further study the issue. For example, if your
community has 20 at-risk critical facilities identified in the risk assessment, more study may be
needed to select which facilities to address first. Your mitigation action could be, “Conduct an
assessment of the 20 at-risk critical facilities over the next 3 years to determine which facilities need
to be mitigated first and the most appropriate mitigation actions.”
Mitigation Ideas
To find effective solutions, innovative ideas and best practices for mitigating risks, consult the
following resources:
Ask subject matter experts. Experts on the planning team and among stakeholders can
help evaluate actions that provide long-term solutions. For example, if repetitive flood
damage occurs in a specific location, but you are unsure if the flooding is caused by
undersized culverts, inadequate storm drainage or debris, you could ask an engineer to
evaluate the flooding and recommend potential solutions.
Collect ideas from stakeholders and the public. The outreach strategy is a chance to gather
ideas and input from the public. Surveys and questionnaires can reveal alternative
mitigation actions that community members would prefer. Another good way to get
community feedback is to hold public workshops. Consider providing childcare and
refreshments to boost attendance. Make sure to advertise the workshops well ahead of
time via newspapers, newsletters, social media, radio advertisements and flyers. Hold
these workshops in locations that are:
- Accessible by public transit.
- Accessible to persons with disabilities (e.g., ADA-compliant facilities).
Research existing guides and resources. Many publications and web-based resources can
help you identify mitigation actions. Some states have prepared technical guides to assist
local communities. The state hazard mitigation plan describes state funding sources and
priorities for mitigation. FEMA’s website includes a Mitigation Best Practices Portfolio with
mitigation success stories and case studies from communities across the country.
Local Handbook Update
104
Mitigation Ideas: A Resource for Reducing Risk to Natural Hazards lists potential mitigation
actions by hazard type.
Review FEMA HMA-eligible activities. HMA grant programs provide funding for eligible
mitigation activities that reduce disaster losses and protect life and property from future
disaster damage. The most recent HMA Program and Policy Guide lists eligible project
activities.
6.3.2.2 ANALYZING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE
The Guide specifies that participants must consider a comprehensive range of actions for the
mitigation strategy. Base this analysis on the local participants’ needs and abilities. Some plans may
choose to use a table format to catalogue the potential actions considered for the plan. Other plans
may choose to use a narrative format to explain the process of refining the list of actions to
implement. Like much of the rest of the plan’s development, the choice belongs to the participants in
the planning process. The most important considerations when developing the mitigation strategy
may be the process used to choose the actions to carry out from that comprehensive range. That
process will vary from community to community.
Comprehensive Range of Actions
A comprehensive range means that communities analyze, or evaluate, different types of
mitigation actions. The plan should focus on each community’s capabilities when determining
which types of actions to consider.
This can be done with a narrative, such as:
If structural projects are too expensive, the plan can say that it will focus on plans and
policies or educational and outreach actions.
If major retrofits to infrastructure are needed, the plan is to focus on those actions.
To support the narrative, the plan can include a full list of actions that were considered. This
can then be narrowed down to actions they want to implement.
Remember, your potential mitigation actions need to align with the risk assessment and the
capabilities previously identified.
If you find a mitigation action that is not achievable with your current capabilities, this
represents a gap. This gap should be identified in the section on how to expand and improve
your capabilities. Also, addressing this gap may be a mitigation action in itself.
6.3.2.3 ADDRESS CAPABILITIES
When developing the mitigation strategy, review the capabilities previously identified. The mitigation
strategy needs to align with those existing capabilities. For example, if you do not currently have staff
Local Handbook Update
105
trained in GIS, a mitigation action of “use GIS to map all hazards for use in development decisions”
does not make sense. The action would need to be adjusted to address that gap in existing
capabilities. The mitigation strategy also looks at the ability to expand on and improve existing tools.
As illustrated above, gaps in capabilities can be addressed with mitigation actions. The ability to
enhance capabilities through new mitigation actions can also be noted. For instance, can gaps in
design or enforcement of existing regulations be addressed through additional personnel or a policy
change? Could an existing education program be improved to cover the most significant hazards and
better target non-English speakers? Are additional studies, reports or plans needed to understand
risk?
Communities participating in the NFIP can look at ways to boost their floodplain management
program. They could mitigate high-risk properties and improve standards beyond the minimum NFIP
requirements.
Communities can also consider how updates to current growth plans and regulations (e.g.,
comprehensive plans, zoning and subdivisions ordinances, building codes, and capital improvement
programs) impact community safety. For instance, development review procedures may be revised to
add a hazard assessment. The types of questions that the community can ask include:
Will population growth and future land use plans put more people in hazardous areas?
Will current redevelopment policies increase the population and property vulnerable to hazards?
Will planned infrastructure extensions encourage unsafe development by giving access to
hazardous areas?
6.3.2.4 CAPABILITIES VS. MITIGATION ACTIONS
Keep in mind how capabilities and mitigation actions differ. Once implemented, mitigation actions
can become a capability. Participants should create mitigation actions that build on and improve
their capabilities. These actions should increase an existing capability or add a new one. Existing,
routine capabilities the participants already have are not mitigation actions. This includes ongoing
maintenance programs that are already started and on schedule.
For example, standing up a new program to clear debris from a culvert is a mitigation action. It
reduces flooding by creating a clear channel for water to flow through. Once this program is up and
running, it becomes a tool in the participant’s toolbox in other words, it becomes a capability.
Maintaining existing capabilities does not reduce current and future vulnerabilities in the planning
area.
Local Handbook Update
106
Policy Connection: Element C4
Does the plan identify and analyze a comprehensive range of specific mitigation actions and
projects for each jurisdiction being considered to reduce the effects of hazards, with emphasis
on new and existing buildings and infrastructure?
6.4. Prioritize Mitigation Actions
Not every identified action needs to be included in the final action plan. There may be many reasons
to not include an action. Some projects may not be technically feasible, lack political viability or
funding, or face other constraints. However, by documenting them in the plan you leave the door
open for future use.
The planning team will assess and prioritize the best mitigation actions for the community to carry
out.
6.4.1. Cost-Benefit Review
The one criterion that must be part of the evaluation and prioritization process is a benefit-cost
review. The planning team must weigh the benefits of a mitigation action against the cost. A full
benefit- cost analysis, such as the FEMA BCA Module, is not required. A planning-level assessment of
whether the costs are reasonable compared to the probable benefits will suffice. Cost estimates can
be based on experience and judgment. They do not have to be exact.
Benefits include losses avoided, such as the number and value of structures and infrastructure
protected by the action. Protecting people from injury and loss of life is another benefit. Qualitative
benefits, such as quality of life and saving ecosystem function, can also be included in the review.
6.4.2. Criteria for Analysis
Cost-benefit is only one aspect of analyzing actions. As a planning team, think about the other
criteria you will use to analyze the mitigation actions. Suggested criteria and sample questions to
evaluate each action alternative include:
Life and Safety
o What impact will the project have on businesses, residences, and properties in the planning
area?
o Will the project proactively reduce natural hazard risk?
Local Handbook Update
107
Administrative/Technical Assistance
o Is there sufficient staff to implement the project?
o Is training required for the staff to implement the project?
o Is there political support for the project?
o Does the community have the legal authority to do the project
Project Cost and Economic Factors
o What is the cost of the project?
o Does the community have the funds for the project on the whole or the local match?
Support for Community Objectives
o Does the action advance other objectives or plans, like the capital improvement, economic
development, environmental quality, or open space preservation?
Equity
o Will the action adversely affect underserved and socially vulnerable populations?
o Does the action build resilience for underserved and socially vulnerable populations?
Advancing Equity Through Action Development and Plan Implementation
Plan implementation requires continued attention on creating equitable outcomes within the
planning area for underserved communities, neighborhoods, census tracts and vulnerable
populations. Continuing to include underserved and disenfranchised people and their
advocates can ensure that actions to increase resilience are built on diverse perspectives.
Think about your community outreach and engagement strategy. Steps taken to ensure
equitable outcomes during that phase of the planning process may have included:
Making materials and meetings accessible, in terms of both the physical environment and
delivery methods.
Providing frequent and varied ways for people to provide input.
Incorporating what you hear from vulnerable populations in the plan itself.
These same principles should apply to your mitigation action development process. Think
about going beyond just a benefit-cost analysis that validates whether or not an action is cost-
Local Handbook Update
108
effective. Take the time to understand an action’s possible impacts and benefits beyond the
monetary.
For example, you may choose a mitigation action that elevates homes in the 100-year
floodplain. Here, you have a chance to make sure that the funding allocated for this action has
the highest possible impact. Instead of simply providing retrofits on a first-come, first-served
basis, take a more nuanced approach.
This could mean providing home elevations at no or low cost to the lowest-income
homeowners, with tiers of assistance and funding based on household income. You could use
a GIS overlay to filter risk exposure based on the socioeconomic status of an area’s residents.
Then, you can target funding assistance to those with the highest risk. These strategies can
help to make sure that the most vulnerable members of your community reach the same level
of resilience as everyone else. This is a whole-community approach which benefits everyone in
the long run.
6.4.3. Action Prioritization
After careful review, the planning team will have a list of actions that are acceptable and practical for
addressing the problems identified in the risk assessment. The planning team can prioritize which
actions to begin by assessing the importance of each item relative to the plan’s goals and the risks
and capabilities. Actions could be prioritized by ranking them as high, medium or low importance.
The plan must clearly define each of these terms. Actions may also be prioritized by start date or
other methods. Prioritization may change over time as community characteristics, risks and available
resources shift. The evaluation and prioritization process helps the planning team weigh the pros
and cons of different actions. However, the decision-making process is not necessarily
straightforward; it is highly specific to each jurisdiction. The example that follows describes one way
to identify and prioritize mitigation actions. Your process should match the size, number and
capabilities of the communities involved. Each participant may have different priorities for
implementing actions. Annex B
includes a worksheet that could be used to facilitate the evaluation
and prioritization process (see Worksheet 7: Mitigation Action Selection). The following steps can
help you identify and prioritize actions:
Form inclusive and diverse groups of planning team members and/or stakeholders to identify
actions to address a set of problem statements from the risk assessment. These could be
grouped by hazard or action type.
a. Ask the planning team to pick the criteria and process for evaluating and prioritizing
the actions.
b. Present mitigation action alternatives and criteria to the public, elected officials and
other stakeholders for feedback and acceptance. Make sure that outreach methods
are inclusive and equitable.
c. Develop a worksheet and/or conduct a facilitated process to evaluate the
alternatives based on the identified criteria and plan goals.
Local Handbook Update
109
d. Ask the planning team to vote on or rank their highest priority actions for
implementation.
Balancing Mitigation with Private Property Rights
While evaluating and prioritizing mitigation actions, and particularly regulatory activities, it is
important to consider any potential impact to the rights or interests of private property owners.
Generally, states give local governments the authority to enact regulations designed to protect
the public health, safety and welfare. While many places have regulations to mitigate natural
disasters, these powers are not without limitation and may need to strike a balance with
private property rights. If a mitigation action raises any such concerns, you should consult with
legal counsel.
Policy Connection: Element C5
Does the plan contain an action plan that describes how the actions identified will be
prioritized (including a cost-benefit review), implemented, and administered by each
jurisdiction?
6.5. Create an Action Plan for Implementation
A common failure of some mitigation plans is that they are never put into action. An action plan lays
the groundwork for implementation by describing how the mitigation plan will be incorporated into
existing planning mechanisms. The action plan also describes how each jurisdiction will prioritize,
carry out and administer mitigation actions.
6.5.1. Integrate Into Existing Plans and Procedures
For local governments to reduce their risks in the long term, the information from the mitigation plan
should be integrated across operations. “Integrate” means to include hazard mitigation principles,
risk information and mitigation actions into other community plans. When activities are connected
they create co-benefits, reduce risk and increase resilience. The planning process forms
partnerships. Sustained action makes the community safer from disasters. Many other local plans,
such as comprehensive, stormwater management, sustainability and economic development,
present ways to address hazard mitigation through multiple community goals. Mitigation plans must
describe how the community will integrate the data, analysis, mitigation goals and actions into other
planning mechanisms.
First, the plan must identify planning mechanisms where hazard mitigation information and actions
may be incorporated. In this context, planning mechanisms mean governance structures used to
manage local land use development and community decision making. The review of community
Local Handbook Update
110
capabilities identifies this information. Multi-jurisdictional plans must describe how each participant
will integrate the plan into their local planning mechanisms.
In some cases, a community may choose to integrate and align their hazard mitigation plan within
the comprehensive planning process. “Hazard Mitigation: Integrating Best Practices into Planning
provides technical advice and examples of communities that have successfully integrated mitigation
into their comprehensive and other planning processes. Some existing processes may not allow for
integration due to timing, budgets or other constraints. For example, a community may determine
that the goals and actions of the hazard mitigation plan will be considered in the next 5-year capital
improvements planning process, which may be updated annually.
Here are a few ways to use the mitigation plan to support risk-informed community planning.
Integrate Plan Goals with Other Community Objectives
Local governments can include the overall goals for risk reduction and safety into the objectives and
policies of other plans. Goals for disaster resiliency can also complement local sustainability
programs. Mitigation actions can be incorporated into the capital improvement plan, local
comprehensive plan or annual budget prioritization process. This can help mitigation projects get
funding despite competing local priorities. The following policy examples can be added to a local
comprehensive plan. They can be carried out through zoning and building codes, capital
improvement programs, and permitting processes:
Adopt the latest hazard-resistant building code. FEMA has a resource on Building Codes Strategy
available online.
Protect life and property in high-hazard areas by limiting new development.
Limit the extension of public infrastructure in high-hazard areas.
Reduce the vulnerability of future development in high-hazard areas by reviewing development
regulations.
Use the Risk Assessment to Inform Plans and Policies
The risk assessment provides data, analysis and maps that can be integrated into other plans,
including the THIRA, to inform policies and decision making. For instance, the risk assessment can
support other community planning and economic development efforts. Incorporating hazard
information and mapping into land use plans, zoning and subdivision codes, and the development
review process can steer growth and redevelopment away from high-risk locations. This information
can also be used to design and site future public facilities to areas with lower exposure to hazards.
Implement Mitigation Actions through Existing Mechanisms
Where possible, the local government should implement the identified mitigation actions through
existing plans and policies that already have support from the community and policy makers. For
Local Handbook Update
111
instance, a Community Wildfire Protection Plan identifies a community’s priorities for wildfire fuel
reduction projects. A capital improvements program outlines a jurisdiction’s spending plan for capital
projects that support existing and future developments, such as roads, water and sewer systems.
Include mitigation projects in the capital improvements plan, such as strengthening at-risk critical
facilities or acquiring open space in known hazard areas. Other tools for carrying out mitigation
actions could include staff work plans, permitting procedures, job descriptions and training.
Think Mitigation Pre- and Post-Disaster
Some communities have recovery or post-disaster redevelopment plans that identify the operations
and strategies the community will take post-disaster. These plans help communities recover more
effectively and become more resilient in future disasters. Mitigation actions to reduce long-term risk,
such as effective building code adoption and enforcement, are applied in both pre-disaster
mitigation planning and post-disaster recovery. Effective recovery planning builds on existing
community goals and plans. It also incorporates the mitigation strategy into long- term recovery and
reinvestment decisions.
FEMA has several resources that help local governments decide how and where to integrate the
mitigation plan with other planning mechanisms. They include:
Integrating Hazard Mitigation Into Local Planning: Case Studies and Tools for Community Officials
Plan Integration: Linking Local Planning Efforts
Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy and Hazard Mitigation Plan Alignment Guide
Mitigation Planning and the Community Rating System Key Topics Bulletin
Element D3
Does the plan describe a process by which each community will integrate the requirements of
the mitigation plan into other planning mechanisms, such as comprehensive or capital
improvement plans, when appropriate?
6.6. Implement Mitigation Actions
The action plan identifies how specific mitigation actions will be implemented. This information
includes who oversees actions, what funding and other resources are available or may be pursued,
when the actions will be completed, and how they are prioritized. The capability assessment can help
determine the agencies responsible for certain community functions and available funding.
Local Handbook Update
112
6.6.1. Assign a Responsible Agency
The planning team needs to determine which department or agency will lead each action. At a
minimum, this means assigning a specific agency, department or position to each action. It should
not be the jurisdiction as a whole. If coordinating with other agencies will be necessary, this is a good
time for them to weigh in on the steps and timeframes necessary to carry out the actions.
For multi-jurisdictional actions, the plan must identify the specific agency, department or position
that will be responsible for carrying out actions for each jurisdiction.
6.6.2. Identify Potential Resources
Resources include funding, technical assistance and materials. The plan must identify applicable
potential funding sources. These funding sources should go beyond generic terms such as “federal,
“state,” or “local.” The identified funding sources must be relevant to carrying out the associated
actions. Sources of local funding may include the general operating budget, capital improvement
budgets, staff time, impact fees, special assessment districts and more. Your SHMO and FEMA
regional partners can help you identify potential state and federal resources. The planning team
should also consider private-sector funding and partnerships, as well as resources from academic
institutions. Remember these are potential funding sources. The funding you actually use could be
different than what is initially identified in the plan. Think of this as the jumping off point. The more
specific you are with funding sources, the easier it will be to look into them. Beyond identifying
potential resources, describing the internal processes used to prioritize funds to specific projects will
help prepare the projects to move forward.
Funding Outside the Box
Participants should think creatively when it comes to funding mitigation. Think about in-kind
resources, grants and loans, and local revenue-generating mechanisms. Be sure to consider
not only FEMA programs, but other federal, state, local and philanthropic resources.
Just because a funding source isn’t specifically for hazard mitigation or resilience does not
mean it can’t be used that way. Review all funding applications thoroughly and connect with
the funder to see if there is flexibility to support potential mitigation projects.
See FEMA’s Mitigation Resource Guide for funding resources to consider.
6.6.3. Estimate the Timeframe
The planning team and responsible agencies must develop a timeframe for completing each
mitigation action. Funding cycles can affect when you start an action. The timeframe can detail when
the action begins, interim steps and when it should be fully implemented. This does not mean start
and end dates, but rather how long the project will take once initiated. General terms like “short-
term,” “medium-term,” and “long-term” must be defined. “Ongoing” is acceptable when used
Local Handbook Update
113
appropriately (e.g., for multi-phased projects). If a project will be ongoing once implemented (e.g., a
vegetation management program that has no end date), list the timeframe for the project to be
implemented. Then you can note that once implemented, the project will be ongoing.
Plans should have a range of targets for actions, including short-term, medium-term and long-term
actions. These targets align with planning mechanisms. For example:
Short: hazard mitigation planning period, capital improvements, jurisdictions budget cycle.
Medium: structural projects, planning and regulation, education and outreach, natural systems
protection, comprehensive plan.
Long: comprehensive plan, economic development plan, transportation plan, climate action plan,
lifetime of infrastructure assets.
While it is acceptable to include actions that will not be completed within 5 years, the focus of the
mitigation strategy should be on the high-priority actions that a jurisdiction wants to carry out within
the next 5 years. If an action will span multiple years before completion, consider breaking the action
down into phases, sub-actions or more feasible projects for the community.
Other implementation items to consider describing in the action plan are goals addressed, partner
agencies, steps for implementation and estimated budget. Partner agencies could include:
Non-profit organizations that work with underserved communities and socially vulnerable
populations.
Faith-based groups.
Housing authorities and advocacy groups that work with unhoused populations, renters and low-
income homeowners.
Environmental groups and watershed stewardship organizations.
Although it is not required, estimating the cost of an action will help the planning team target the
most appropriate resources. The team can also begin to budget for a local match, which many grants
require.
An action implementation worksheet can be a good approach for formatting the information
collected for each action and how it will be carried out. An example is provided in
Worksheet 8:
Mitigation Action Implementation. The planning team may decide to assign the responsible agency
for each action first. Each agency can then complete the action implementation worksheet with
information on how the action will be done. If appropriate, the community can also begin developing
project SOWs, schedules and budgets, particularly where federal funding applications are
anticipated. FEMA’s approval of the plan does not mean funding identified in the plan is also
approved, or equate to an approved application for federal assistance.
Local Handbook Update
114
6.6.4. Communicate the Mitigation Action Plan
Consider how to present the final mitigation action plan in a format that community members and
officials can easily use. The mitigation strategy, or action plan, is the heart of the plan and the
primary tool to get funding, assign priorities, guide decisions, and track progress in future plan
updates. A matrix can be a good way to summarize information on the recommended actions. You
also may consider including this information along with the mission and goals as an executive
summary at the front of your plan. This allows users to quickly see how the community wants to
reduce risk and strengthen disaster resilience. The matrix may include column headings such as:
Action ID and Goals.
Hazards Addressed.
Description.
Prioritization (High, Medium, Low).
Timeframe (required).
Responsible and Coordinating Bureaus and Agencies (required).
Potential Funding Sources and/or Agencies (required).
Benefits.
Costs.
Technical Feasibility.
Element C5
Does the plan contain an action plan that describes how the actions identified will be
prioritized (including a cost-benefit review), implemented, and administered by each
jurisdiction?
6.7. Update the Mitigation Strategy
One of the most important steps in developing your plan is to refine the community’s mitigation
strategy, particularly in light of experiences gained from implementing the previous plan. To continue
representing the jurisdiction’s overall strategy for reducing hazard risk, the updated local mitigation
plan must reflect current conditions and progress made in mitigation efforts. The 5-year plan update
allows each jurisdiction to assess its previous goals and actions, evaluate the progress of the action
Local Handbook Update
115
plan, and adjust actions to address current realities. The mitigation strategy should also be reviewed
after a disaster to see if the recommended actions are still appropriate.
6.7.1. Describe Changes in Priorities
An updated plan must describe if and how any priorities changed since the previous plan. Your
community’s mitigation priorities may change over time for many reasons. Addressing these changes
allows you to redirect actions to reflect current conditions, including financial and political realities,
or changes in conditions or priorities following disaster events. Also, now that the community has
implemented some actions, you can apply lessons learned about what worked and what didn’t.
New actions should be identified based on the updated risk and capability assessments. Prioritize
new actions and any actions carried forward from the previous plan. Factors that may lead to
changes in priorities include:
Altered conditions due to disaster events and recovery priorities.
Changing local resources, community needs and capabilities.
New state or federal policies and funding resources.
New hazard impacts identified in the updated risk assessment.
Changes in development patterns that could influence the effects of hazards.
New partners that have come to the table.
A different method of prioritizing actions compared to the previous plan.
Changes in a community’s priorities do not always directly relate to how a plan prioritizes mitigation
actions. For example, a change in priorities could include:
New or modified plan goals compared to the previous plan.
New hazards or removal of hazards that are no longer profiled in the updated risk assessment.
The removal of mitigation actions from the plan update after a change in political or community
support, changes in hazard exposure, or a lack of financial ability to execute the action.
If no priorities have changed, plan updates should validate the information in the previously
approved plan.
Local Handbook Update
116
6.7.2. Evaluate Progress in Implementation
Plan updates must reflect progress in local mitigation efforts. While goals may not change
significantly over 5 years, completing mitigation actions and integrating the plan into existing
planning processes shows progress in risk reduction.
Completion of Mitigation Actions
The plan must describe the status of all mitigation actions identified in the previous plan. The plan
should list whether they have been completed or not. For actions that have not been completed, the
plan must either describe why the action is no longer relevant or indicate that it is included in the
updated action plan.
The planning team will ask the local agencies and departments responsible for each action in the
previous plan to give a status update. For instance, agencies could provide information about the
following:
If the action was completed, did it have the intended results? Did it achieve the goals outlined in
the plan? What factors led to success?
If the action was not completed, what were the barriers? Was there a lack of political support,
funding, staff availability or another obstacle? Should the action be included in the updated
mitigation strategy?
When actions are completed, consider highlighting some key projects. This is a great opportunity
to illustrate how the community is reducing risk.
Previous Integration of Hazard Mitigation Into Planning Mechanisms
An updated plan must explain how the jurisdiction(s) incorporated the previous mitigation plan, when
appropriate, into other planning mechanisms over the last 5 years. This demonstrates progress in
local mitigation efforts. As plans and mechanisms are developed and updated within each
participating jurisdiction, the plan’s information should be integrated into those external documents.
The plan update must then highlight the planning mechanisms where the previous plan was
integrated, and what information was integrated.
Policy Connection: Element E2
Was the plan revised to reflect changes in priorities and progress in local mitigation efforts?
The following recipe card presents ways to showcase the integration that occurred over the past 5
years in a jurisdiction’s plan update. Each of the previous plan’s participants must note the planning
mechanisms that were developed or updated based on the previous plan’s information. They must
Local Handbook Update
117
also identify which of the planning mechanisms integrated hazard mitigation elements and what
those elements were.
Recipe for Discussing Integration of the Previous Hazard Mitigation Plan
You’ll need:
A collection of the jurisdiction’s planning documents and mechanisms.
A review of the developed or updated planning mechanisms.
To identify where hazard mitigation was integrated.
Step 1: By reviewing the community’s planning documents and mechanisms, first identify
which were developed or updated since the previous hazard mitigation plan was adopted.
Step 2: Review the applicable planning mechanisms and note where hazard mitigation
elements were integrated.
Step 3: In the plan update, discuss your findings. Include the plans, documents and any other
planning mechanisms updated since the previous plan was adopted. Discuss how hazard
mitigation was integrated. The discussion could include:
The integration of the hazards the community is vulnerable to.
The data and analysis presented in the risk assessment.
The goals of the mitigation plan.
Potential projects or actions to carry out in the future.
If the previous plan was not integrated into any of the participants’ planning mechanisms, the
update must state this and explain why. An example could be that no planning mechanisms were
developed or updated after development of the last plan.
Local Handbook Update
118
Task 7. Keeping the Plan Current
7.1. Plan Maintenance Overview
The mitigation plan is a living document that guides actions. As conditions change, new details
become available, or actions progress over time, the plan will need to change to stay up to date. This
is called plan maintenance. Key components of this process include:
Monitoring: Tracking implementation of the plan over time.
Evaluating: Assessing how well the plan meets its stated purpose and goals.
Updating: Reviewing and revising the plan at least once every 5 years.
During the planning process, there is a lot of interaction among planning team members and other
community partners. These interactions create a drive for action. After the plan is finished, that
energy can fade. You worked hard to build and foster relationships with both internal and external
planning partners; don’t let those efforts go to waste! Plan maintenance keeps the plan relevant and
up to date. It is also a helpful way to keep community partners and the public engaged, involved and
motivated to reduce risk. You should keep engaging with planning team members, partners and the
public as you celebrate successes, carry out mitigation actions, and prepare for the next plan
update. Sustained maintenance keeps mitigation goals and actions moving forward. It also keeps
key stakeholders and partners in the loop. Carrying out a plan maintenance process can:
Keep up momentum through continued engagement and accountability in the plan’s progress.
Build mitigation into the daily job responsibilities and department roles of community officials
and staff.
Account for changing conditions such as new development, changes in hazard frequency,
intensity and types (such as ice and freezing rain instead of snow), or recent disasters.
Build on the successes of recent mitigation activities.
Secure funding to implement, develop and update the plan.
Plan maintenance requires an explanation of who will carry out each step, as well as when and how
each step will occur. The plan must include the title of the individual, or the name of the department
or agency, responsible for the maintenance effort.
Local Handbook Update
119
7.2. Monitoring
Plan monitoring means tracking how the plan is carried out over time. This includes any progress
made on goals, actions, plan integration and public involvement. The plan must identify who will
carry out monitoring activities, how these activities will happen, and how often. The plan may define
each of these based on what works best for the community.
Regular monitoring can include reports or other deliverables, as well as expectations for
maintenance meetings. The coordinator for plan maintenance is often the same person or agency
that led the plan’s development. Each agency assigned to a mitigation action is responsible for
tracking and reporting on each of their actions.
Monitoring meetings do not need to focus only on the mitigation plan. To get the most out of the
maintenance process, discuss the plan regularly in existing meetings or processes. This might
include regular town halls or when your community uses other plans, such as its comprehensive,
budget or recovery plans. This makes monitoring a part of the administrative function of your
community.
Why do we monitor the plan? The simple answer is that resilience and risk reduction are ongoing
commitments. The mitigation plan is a long-term strategy to reduce disaster losses. Monitoring
encourages participants to own their mitigation efforts. It also gives participants a consistent
touchpoint for reporting progress and keeps risk reduction top-of-mind.
The most basic monitoring effort asks:
Are the vulnerabilities in the plan are still accurate?
Do the mitigation goals and actions still apply to the hazards profiled?
Are mitigation actions progressing?
Considerations during Plan Maintenance
During your plan maintenance process, it will be time to put your plan into action. Look to your
mitigation strategy for which projects you want to implement. Here are some considerations for
when you want to implement actions:
Document how alternative projects were considered and describes the decision-making
process for the chosen activity type.
Discuss what the risks the action will solve and what the benefits will be for the
community.
How does the project solve the problem by itself? Is it one part of a larger solution?
Local Handbook Update
120
For high priority actions, develop a scope of work that includes milestones and expected
timeframes. This can set up the project early so that it can be quickly implemented.
As grants become available, review their requirements to make sure the plan aligns with
them. This will help maximize funding sources. These may not always be FEMA grants.
Tracking progress on mitigation actions reduces the amount of work it takes to update actions at the
5-year update. Keeping track of actions as they go forward over time is easier than checking the
progress of all the mitigation activities completed over a 5-year period during the update.
More advanced monitoring:
Looks at all aspects of the plan. Taking a holistic view of monitoring makes sure that each
section of the plan is up to date and that progress is being made.
Documents any changes made. This maintains a consistent record of progress made on
mitigation activities and can inform the next plan update.
Highlights success stories. These stories show how valuable mitigation, planning and the
resulting risk reduction are to the whole community.
A good, consistent monitoring process can lead to a list of items to update in the next plan. This kind
of list can inform the SOW for the next plan update. It can also be a checklist for update priorities.
Routine monitoring is key to keeping participants invested in the plan.
Annex B includes an example worksheet
for reporting progress on a mitigation.
Questions to Consider
How are the scheduled meetings to discuss the plan going? Are there any successes to
celebrate? Are there any challenges that warrant revisions to the plan?
Has there been any progress on the actions?
How has the public, including underserved communities, been involved?
Is there more that needs to be done?
Has there been turnover in agencies that oversee mitigation actions? Do new team
members know what they need to do? Is there an opportunity to re-socialize the plan?
7.2.1. Evaluating
Evaluating means looking at how well the plan is meeting its goals. This goes a step beyond
monitoring; it asks if the plan is serving its intended purpose. It lets the planning team see if any
Local Handbook Update
121
changes need to be made. For instance, if a goal is to boost public awareness of hazards and risk,
conduct a survey once a year to gauge how local residents’ perception of risk is changing. This can
help show if the actions in the plan are working as intended. The information you collect in this step
will be the basis for the plan update.
The planning team can create a list of metrics to measure the progress of actions. Do this in
coordination with all local jurisdictions that adopted the plan. Share progress updates on the plan;
ask them to do the same. This lends accountability for the maintenance process. Communities are
ultimately responsible for determining the success of their planning effort. This may mean evaluating
whether identified actions reduced risk, whether the goals and purpose of the plan were accurate,
and what stage of implementation each action is in.
The plan evaluation process can establish baseline risk and resiliency metrics to track risk and
vulnerability reduction. The plan could then use the baseline data to show cumulative benefits of
past (and future) mitigation actions (for plan updates). Over time, the plan can document decisions
that increase long-term risk (outside of the five-year planning window), and document losses avoided
from natural hazards that occurred since the plan was updated and addresses what losses occurred
that the plan did not cover.
The planning team may develop a schedule for both regular meetings and specific deliverables. To
make the best use of funding opportunities, schedule the meetings to line up with an existing
process. This can include the community budget cycle or FEMA’s annual grant cycle. If reports or
other deliverables are needed, figure out their frequency and reporting requirements.
There is no set timeline for evaluation. A plan can be evaluated at any point in its lifecycle. This may
be on a longer cycle than plan monitoring since results can take time to become clear. Many
communities convene the planning team once a year to evaluate the plan’s strength and to prepare
a progress report for their governing bodies.
It is highly encouraged to carry out a more detailed review of the plan after disasters. These events
often reveal vulnerabilities that may not be in the plan. These may also change the priorities of some
actions. If major changes to the plan are needed, think about updating the plan earlier than required.
Case Study: Franklin County, Pennsylvania
Franklin County, Pennsylvania, faces many hurdles in mitigation planning. The planning area
includes both rural and urban communities, as well as both agricultural and mountainous
terrain. The county also lacks resources. This makes it crucial to build and keep up strong
relationships with planning partners and community members.
To address these challenges, Franklin County planners invited both community representatives
and non-traditional partners to take part in creating the multi-jurisdictional hazard mitigation
plan.
Local Handbook Update
122
Beyond just informing the plan’s development, involving a diverse group of stakeholders helps
to carry out mitigation actions. It creates buy-in and support for mitigation projects.
Each participating community conducted its own risk assessment. This grounded the plan in
local knowledge. The participating jurisdictions also reached out to FEMA Region 3 and the
Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency to help. They provided tools and guidance
throughout the planning process. The combination of local know-how, state guidance and
federal technical assistance addressed the unique circumstances and mitigation needs of
each community, as well as the county.
After the plan was finished, Franklin County incorporated the information into other community
plans, including:
The Franklin County Emergency Operations Plan.
The Franklin County Department of Emergency Services Strategic Plan.
Municipal Emergency Operations Plans.
School District Emergency Operations Plans.
This plan integration process streamlines planning efforts. It reduces duplication of efforts and
aligns planning priorities and actions. It also improves interagency communication.
Questions to Consider
Where are you in terms of reaching your mitigation goals?
Are the goals and objectives of the plan still relevant?
Has the level of risk or impacts changed since the last update?
What is the status of your previous mitigation plan? When does the plan expire? Did your
jurisdiction adopt the plan?
Are there enough resources (funds, people or programs) to carry out the plan?
What outcomes can you reference to show progress? Were any of them different from what
you expected?
7.2.2. Updating
Updating means reviewing and revising the plan at least once every 5 years. Keep in mind that the
plan expires 5 years after it was approved. During the update process you must follow the whole
planning process:
Convene a planning team and complete stakeholder and public outreach.
Identify new plans, studies, reports and technical information that pertain to your community’s
vulnerabilities.
Local Handbook Update
123
Validate or update your hazard list.
Update hazard profiles to include events that occurred since the last plan.
Validate or update community capabilities.
Validate or update community assets.
Update the risk assessment based on the above.
Update the mitigation strategy based on the new risk assessment.
Address changes in development and changes in priorities.
Document and describe the plan update process.
Maintaining the plan annually can make this process easier. If minor updates have occurred
throughout the plan’s lifecycle, when it comes time to formally adopt the updated plan, you can
validate information as needed with fewer major changes. The current plan must explain how the
update will take place and who will lead the update process.
Bear in mind that the plan expires 5 years after it was adopted. Leave enough time to complete the
update before the current plan expires. It may help to include a schedule of activities that gives you
enough time to obtain grant funding, if needed, and to complete the planning process.
The plan can also include procedures to update the plan following a disaster event or that concur
with the creation of a recovery or post-disaster redevelopment plan. Your community’s vulnerabilities
and mitigation priorities often change following a disaster. Public awareness tends to increase, and
the demand and support for mitigation often increases following a disaster. You may choose to use
these moments to factor mitigation into recovery. This can include rebuilding in ways to improve
safety and avoid similar losses in the future. You should also collect data on the hazard and its
impacts for future plan updates. If you want to develop a recovery plan prior to a disaster, aligning
the recovery and mitigation planning efforts will unite your messaging about building resilience.
Think about the following questions:
How has the planning area changed since the last update, including assets?
What worked well for the planning process last time?
What might need to change?
Are there other stakeholders or members of the public you can engage?
What new data would be most helpful to inform the plan update?
Have there been any recent major disaster events?
Local Handbook Update
124
Table 11: Example Plan Maintenance Schedule
Plan Maintenance
Step
When How Who
Monitoring
Twice per year.
Get status updates on
mitigation actions,
compile progress
reports and identify
mid-course
corrections.
Emergency
Management Director
Evaluating
Once a year or after a
disaster event.
Use a standard form
to review how the plan
has been carried out
so far and record
lessons learned.
Emergency
Management Director,
Lead Jurisdiction
Planning Department
Manager
Updating
Every 5 years, or after
a disaster event.
Review the plan and
update it as
necessary. This may
mean hiring a
contractor to perform
a more in-depth
update process.
Emergency
Management Director,
Lead Jurisdiction
Planning Department
Manager
Policy Connection: Element D2
Is there a description of the method and schedule for keeping the plan current (monitoring,
evaluating and updating the mitigation plan within a five-year cycle)?
7.3. Continue Public Involvement
Keeping the plan current also means continuing to give the public ways to be involved in the plan
and how it is carried out. The plan must describe how you will continue to seek public participation
after the plan has been approved.
There are many ways to keep the public involved. Public meetings are a great way to engage
residents. Think about if there are any groups in your community that do not normally take part in the
public process. If you find that they are not being engaged, you may need to think about how to best
reach them. There may be other departments, nonprofits or agencies that already interact with them.
These groups can help you reach out to sectors of the public you can’t normally reach. Social media
can be another strong tool. Think about using occasional posts and polls to ask the public about
risks.
Local Handbook Update
125
Linking your planning efforts can help the public know what mitigation is and why it is vital. Look for
existing meetings that the community often attends. This awareness will help the public and leaders
use the mitigation plan in other community initiatives. Regular plan upkeep will keep planning efforts
current.
Think about how your community members give feedback on public processes. Use these ways to
talk about mitigation and get feedback on areas of concern. Examples of outreach methods include:
Presentations on the plan’s progress.
Annual questionnaires or surveys. Consider innovative ways of distributing these surveys, such
as by:
o Setting up a booth at a large public event like a farmers market, holiday parade or festival.
o Sending out surveys with utility bills.
Public meetings.
Social media.
Interactive websites.
Document any public involvement that does occur. This can be added to the next version of your
plan.
Case Study: Virginia Coastal Resilience Master Plan Interactive Website
The Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation developed an interactive website to
complement the Coastal Resilience Master Plan. The website features an interactive map
viewer where users can see how sea level rise might affect their neighborhood. This helps to
keep residents and planners aware of future coastal flood hazard exposure so they can make
informed decisions about mitigation actions.
Beyond showing the future geographic extent of coastal flooding with sea level rise, the
website goes a step further. It offers a visualization of where future coastal flood exposure is
expected to affect the Commonwealth’s most vulnerable populations and assets. This can help
community-level planners prioritize mitigation actions where they are most needed.
The website also features a detailed overview of current and proposed resilience and
mitigation actions throughout the Commonwealth’s coastal areas. It shows users where the
proposed projects are located. It also provides details about how much each project is
anticipated to cost, potential funding sources, which flood hazards the actions address, and
more.
Local Handbook Update
126
This website was created as a state-level resource and features data at the local and regional
level. Local mitigation planning teams can use a similar resource available in their state.
Policy Connection: Element D1
Is there discussion of how each community will continue public participation in the plan
maintenance process?
Local Handbook Update
127
Task 8. Review and Adopt the Plan
8.1. Review of the Plan
8.1.1. Local Plan Review
When you have completed a final draft of the plan, sharing it for public feedback is the next step. It
may also be a good idea to publish individual sections of the plan, as completed, and hold listening
sessions to get input and feedback. Breaking the plan into manageable chunks will make it easier
for the public to understand and provide feedback. This can also help to get real-time feedback,
rather than waiting for the entire plan to be completed. The planning team can ask stakeholders and
the public to review and submit comments for the team’s final consideration. If asked to do so, the
state and FEMA can also provide feedback to make the review and approval process faster, with
fewer required revisions at the end of the planning process.
A good approach provides the public with enough time to comment and explains how comments will
be used. Your approach should also make sure the public knows how the plan will impact their
community. Let your partners and the public know about this chance to comment early in the
process. The public comment period needs to happen before you send the plan to the state and
FEMA for official approval.
You may also directly inform certain stakeholders of the comment period through an email or letter.
This is a good way to give neighboring jurisdictions outside of the planning area an opportunity to
review the mitigation plan. Keep in mind that neighboring jurisdictions should be involved throughout
the planning process, rather than just being given a chance to comment at the end of the plan’s
development. Sending targeted messaging about the public comment period to representatives of
underserved groups and socially vulnerable populations and their advocates is a best practice.
Summarizing the types of comments received and how they were incorporated acknowledges their
usefulness and encourages future input.
Before sending the plan to the SHMO, the planning team should make sure it meets all the
requirements stated in The Guide
. FEMA uses the Plan Review Tool to ensure plans meet these
requirements. Review the regulation checklist in the Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool and fill in the
sections or page numbers to show where your plan meets each required element. This can be a final
internal review before submitting it to the state. Annex C provides a copy of the Local Mitigation Plan
Review Tool.
You Have a Mitigation Plan. Now What?
Have all members of the planning team reviewed the final plan?
Have community partners and stakeholders reviewed the final plan?
Local Handbook Update
128
Have you given the public an opportunity to review and comment?
Have accountability measures been identified to implement the plan?
Have you vetted and included comments from stakeholders and the public?
Can your jurisdiction adopt the plan now or begin planning to adopt to expedite approval?
8.1.2. State Review
Once the planning team is sure the plan meets the required elements and includes all supporting
documentation, send the plan to your SHMO or State Mitigation Planner. Include all supporting
documentation related to the planning process and other components of the plan. Incomplete plan
submittals can delay plan approval. The state will review the plan and work with you on any revisions
required for approval. Don’t forget to provide information on how you can be reached for any
questions.
8.1.3. FEMA Plan Review
Once the state is satisfied that the plan meets the requirements, the SHMO will send the plan to the
FEMA Regional Office for review and approval, unless the state has been given local plan approval
authority. FEMA will conduct its review within 45 days, if possible. FEMA will then give the state a
completed Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool. The FEMA Regional Office and the state may contact
you if revisions are needed to meet the federal regulation and policy requirements. If revisions are
required, you may request a technical assistance call with FEMA to talk through the required
revisions. Once the plan meets the regulations, FEMA will notify the SHMO that the plan is
approvable pending adoption (APA) and will send you a letter (hard copy and email) notifying you the
plan’s status is now APA. If the community has already adopted the mitigation plan, FEMA will
consider it approved. Figure 19 shows the plan review and approval process, and how to adopt the
plan prior to state and FEMA review.
8.2. Plan Adoption
Adoption by each participating local governing body shows their commitment to carrying out the
mitigation strategy. Responsible agencies can also begin to carry out their actions. The final plan is
not approved until each participant, including each special district, adopts it. You must provide FEMA
documentation of formal adoption by the governing body of the jurisdiction(s) requesting approval
before your plan can be approved. Annex B includes an example of a local adoption resolution.
Adoption is not just required; it’s critical to success. Plan adoption:
Requires the buy-in of elected officials.
Sets roles and responsibilities for carrying out the plan.
Is one of the eligibility requirements for FEMA’s HMA and HHPD grant funding.
Local Handbook Update
129
Policy Connection: Element F1
For single-jurisdictional plans, has the governing body of the jurisdiction formally adopted the
plan to be eligible for certain FEMA assistance?
8.2.1. Multi-Jurisdictional Adoption Considerations
For a multi-jurisdictional plan, each jurisdiction seeking plan approval must adopt the plan. Typically,
the jurisdiction leading the effort adopts the plan first. However, adoption can occur in any order. The
governing bodies are typically the Town Board, City Council, County Commissioners and/or Board of
Selectmen. Participating Special Districts must also adopt as part of the approval process. Plan
adoption usually happens through a formal resolution. However, council minutes, consent agendas
or other forms of adoption are acceptable if allowed by local law.
It is a good idea to get buy-in from each plan participant early in the planning process. Getting letters
of commitment is one method that, if used early in the process, can support multi-jurisdictional
adoption.
Policy Connection: Element F2
For multi-jurisdictional plans, has the governing body of each jurisdiction officially adopted the
plan to be eligible for certain FEMA assistance?
Note on Non-Participating Communities
Communities that did not participate in the planning process cannot adopt the plan. All
communities that adopt the plan need to have actively participated in the planning process.
That is why it is so crucial that all communities be a part of the planning process and give
meaningful input.
Communities that did not participate in the initial planning process can use the adopted plan
to develop a process to opt-in later. Those who do join later must meet certain requirements:
They must be within the boundaries of, or adjacent to, the planning area.
If the state and FEMA agree to add the new jurisdictions, those jurisdictions must prepare
and submit the plan to the state and FEMA.
The revised risk assessment must include an analysis of natural hazards that could affect
the added jurisdictions.
Local Handbook Update
130
8.2.2. All Adoption Resolutions Submitted with Plan
The Guide gives two paths to adoption. The first is that plans can be submitted with adoption
resolutions from all participants. In this path, participants adopt the plan once it’s been drafted in
accordance with the most up-to-date FEMA planning policies, but prior to state and FEMA review.
This path has fewer steps and less back-and-forth correspondence. Participants can continue the
planning process’s momentum to adopt the plan and finish the process while it is top of mind. They
could even use a public review period to collect adoptions prior to submitting the plan for review.
Once the state and FEMA review the plan and find no required revisions, the plan is complete and
the participants can begin the mitigation actions.
The potential risk of this path is that the state and FEMA could return the plan with required
revisions. This means the document the participants adopted may differ from the final approved
plan. To reduce this risk, use flexible language in the adoption document and let participants know
about any changes to the final plan. Flexible language can allow the approved plan to vary slightly
from the adopted version. Keeping participants informed of changes can help them gauge if they are
comfortable with them.
For instance, participants may be okay with minor changes to the document, such as including a new
hazard extent chart or more disaster declarations. They may not feel they need to re-adopt the plan if
edits are small. However, if participants are responsible for many new actions, or a hazard profile is
added, they may want to re-adopt the plan because it is further from the original.
To take this path, the plan has to be a complete document. Participants should not adopt the plan
prior to participating in the process and reviewing the full plan. Adopting participants must have:
Participated in the process.
Contributed their local knowledge.
Identified their risks and vulnerabilities.
Identified their capabilities and ways to expand them.
Identified mitigation actions that address those risks and vulnerabilities.
8.2.3. Approvable Pending Adoption
The second path is APA. In this path, the state and FEMA review a complete draft of the plan. Once
FEMA determines all requirements have been met, the status of the plan will be changed to APA.
This status indicates FEMA will approve the plan as soon as it receives the adoption documentation
from the participants. FEMA notifies participants using the APA process that the plan is APA and then
all participants adopt the plan.
Local Handbook Update
131
If you choose to use the APA process, take steps to adopt the plan as soon as possible and submit
the documentation to the state and FEMA for approval. Additional steps will be required of
jurisdictions adopting after 1 year of FEMA’s APA notification.
The plan is not considered approved until at least one of the participating jurisdictions has sent in
the adoption documentation. In a multi-jurisdictional plan, each participating jurisdiction must adopt
in order to get “approved” status. Approval status is tracked by plan and jurisdiction. Jurisdictions
with a plan status of “Approvable Pending Adoption” do not have an approved plan status and are
not eligible for any FEMA assistance that requires a mitigation plan.
The benefit of this path is that the participants can be sure they are adopting the final plan. The
downside is that there is a break in the timeline from when the final draft plan is completed and
when adoption is requested. This break may lead to a loss of momentum in the local planning
process. It is important to note that APA status is not the same as having an approved plan.
Participants still need to adopt the plan as quickly as possible to finish the process and get the
benefits of having an approved plan.
Governing bodies have different meeting schedules and procedures for adopting plans and other
documents. It is important to coordinate the adoptions of all jurisdictions as soon as the plan
receives APA status. If possible, coordinate the adoptions and submit documentation to the state at
the same time.
Participating jurisdictions need to adopt the plan quickly after the plan is granted APA status to be
eligible for certain kinds of FEMA non-emergency disaster assistance.
Adoption Outside of 1 Year
After 1 year, participants that did not adopt the plan must validate that the plan’s content is
still correct and applies to them prior to approval.
If the plan content is no longer accurate, participants need to revise the plan and add any new
information prior to approval. Once the jurisdiction either confirms the plan is still correct or
makes revisions, the state and FEMA will review the documentation for accuracy and approval.
Participants should ask questions like:
Have there been any recent disasters or severe events?
Have there been changes in development?
Have there been any demographic shifts or population changes?
Have our vulnerabilities to the identified hazards changed?
Are our capabilities still the same? Have we grown or lost any capabilities?
Are the actions still appropriate to our community?
Local Handbook Update
132
Are the goals still applicable to our community?
Table 12: Considerations for Adoption Paths
All Adoption Resolutions Submitted with Plan Approvable Pending Adoption
Required Revisions
There may still be revisions necessary before
the plan can be adopted. Significant
revisions could mean having to re-adopt the
plan.
Required Revisions
The plan is approvable at the time of
adoption.
Timing
Coordinating adoption among participants
can be easier because the planning process
is still fresh.
There is no potential lapse in timing because
all adoptions are complete before submittal.
Timing
Coordinating adoption among participants
can take longer because the planning
process may not be as recent.
Participants adopting after 1 year need to
complete additional steps to receive
approval.
8.3. Plan Approval
Once it receives the record of adoption from the state, FEMA will issue an official approval letter. The
letter states which jurisdictions have adopted the plan and are now eligible for FEMA’s HMA
programs. FEMA will send a final Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool with the approval letter. This
provides feedback on the strengths of the plan and opportunities for future improvements.
The plan is approved for 5 years. The approval letter will include the expiration date. The plan
expiration date does not change when other participating jurisdictions adopt the plan. It is important
to coordinate the adoption process so all participants are covered by the plan for the full 5 years.
Plan updates follow the same adoption process as a new plan.
Local Handbook Update
133
Figure 19: Paths to Local Plan Approval.
Local Handbook Update
134
8.4. Additional Considerations
Additional considerations related to the plan review and approval process include:
Communicate with your SHMO early and often. Discuss with your SHMO whether it would be
appropriate to share drafts or portions of the plan prior to a formal review to ensure the plan is
complete.
Keep stakeholders informed. The existing relationships you have with stakeholders, elected
officials and government agencies are important assets during the adoption process. To promote
adoption of the plan, brief community decision makers on the progress of the planning team’s
efforts. When presenting the final draft for adoption, invite the planning team to the meeting. Ask
supporting agencies to voice their support of the plan.
Allow enough time. Build time into your planning process to meet state and FEMA procedures for
review. Developing a scope and schedule for the planning process may involve a long timeframe
for review, approval and adoption. Your local governing body may meet only once a month and
may require agenda items to be submitted well ahead of time. FEMA gets 45 days to review the
plan and require revisions.
Make sure that your plan meets any additional state requirements. States may have regulations
or requirements beyond what FEMA mandates. Make sure to keep these in mind to avoid any
delays. State requirements and the presence of additional requirements vary state by state.
These are noted in Element H of the Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool.
8.5. Celebrate Success
Now that the plan is adopted and approved, the work is just beginning. But first, it’s time to
celebrate! It is a good idea to publicly announce the adoption and approval of the plan. This can
raise community awareness of hazard mitigation efforts and reiterate why they are important.
Consider getting the word out using multiple methods, such as:
Post a message on social media platforms about the plan’s approval and what that means for
the community.
Propose a congratulatory resolution or achievement award for the planning team (or specific
individuals) for their successful work and commitment to making the community safer.
Post a notice on the community’s website with a brief overview of the plan and a link to the final
documents.
Issue a press release on plan adoption and approval to local media outlets.
Distribute notices of approval to stakeholders.
Local Handbook Update
135
Announce the first project(s) to be started.
These and similar steps are easy to complete and are inexpensive. They will keep the plan at the
forefront of people’s minds, helping to build momentum as you move into implementation.
Case Study: City of Redondo Beach, CA
The City of Redondo Beach’s Local Hazard Mitigation Plan includes an Implementation
Workbook that will streamline the process of maintaining their plan. This workbook contains
worksheets relevant to multiple plan update scenarios. They give instructions and advice for
applying for grant funding, integrating the hazard mitigation plan into other municipal plans,
and other implementation activities. These worksheets will aid the city in tracking progress
made throughout the lifecycle of the plan. They will also provide guidance when it comes time
to update the plan.
Local Handbook Update
136
Task 9. Create a Safe and Resilient
Community
Congratulations! Your plan is approved. Now, let’s put it to work.
This Handbook has, thus far, helped you develop an approved local hazard mitigation plan. Now
that you’re done, what comes next?
Think about your mitigation plan as the blueprint for your community’s resilience. The same way
you wouldn’t build a house without detailed plans, your resilience journey will be more successful
when you start from the long-term strategy in the mitigation plan and build from there. Task 9
explores what you can do to create a safe and resilient community rooted in your mitigation plan.
There are major benefits to building your community’s resilience to short-term shocks and
persistent stressors. In a disaster, a resilient community is likely to suffer fewer casualties; see
less damage to homes, businesses, assets and property; and have lower recovery time and
costs. Investment in resiliency efforts can improve public health, boost income and employment
and attract businesses, residents and visitors which directly affect the health of a community.
9.1. What Is Resilience?
The Guide defines community resilience as:
“The ability of a community to prepare for anticipated hazards, adapt to changing
conditions, and withstand and recover rapidly from disruptions. Activities such as disaster
preparedness (which includes prevention, protection, mitigation, response and recovery)
and reducing community stressors (the underlying social, economic and environmental
conditions that can weaken a community) are key steps to resilience.
Within this broad definition, there are steps that can help you build community resilience. As you
plan for and carry out resilience measures, build in equity and future conditions as cross-cutting
themes. We’ll discuss these steps, themes and ways to carry them out below.
9.2. Role of Local Officials in Resilience
Communities face any number of natural hazards based on where they are and how they were
developed. The local emergency manager often leads the response to and recovery from disasters
resulting from natural hazard events. However, local municipal officials also play a key role in local
resilience.
Municipal officials make important decisions before, during and after disasters. Plans and policies
will directly inform how a community is able to mitigate, prepare, respond and recover. Local
Local Handbook Update
137
leadership are responsible for making sure these capabilities, plans and policies are put in place,
exercised and maintained. They also keep plans and policies current, relevant and reflective of the
community. Our local officials are advocates for long-range planning, collaborative community
engagement, education and information sharing, and responsible fiscal management. This will
ensure resilience initiatives get the resources they need.
After a disaster, local officials may work with the private sector and other government organizations
to assess gaps and assign scarce resources. By working with emergency managers, municipal
officials can better know the community’s needs and make informed decisions. FEMA published a
Local Elected and Appointed Officials Guide
in 2022. It helps convey the role that local officials play
in emergency management.
9.2.1. Leveraging Your Partnerships
Partnerships are key to reaching your resilience goals. These goals are often complex, cross-cutting
and integrated. They will benefit from expertise within your organization, community leaders,
neighboring and regional jurisdictions, visitors, workers and residents. Strong ties with strategic
partners across all sectors of your community can improve coordination, promote equitable
outcomes and reduce risk.
Focus on solidifying ties with leaders in your organization and community. You likely engaged many
of these stakeholders as you developed your hazard mitigation plan. You may have worked with
elected officials, economic developers and mapping and finance experts. In your community, you
may have worked with school officials, faith leaders, activists, nonprofit groups and other key
connectors. This is your core group of resilience champions. Think about whether groups that were
not involved in hazard mitigation planning (e.g., transportation planners, local businesses) can add
to your resiliency efforts.
Create a Resilience Committee
One way to formalize resilience partnerships is to create a resilience committee or task force.
Members could be appointed by the local governing body. These members would come from a
range of disciplines (emergency management, community planning, health and social services,
housing, transportation, economic development, etc.). Target your outreach efforts to include
all viewpoints.
As an advisory committee, members should be a core part of planning and carrying out
resilience. The committee may strengthen the community’s resiliency and emergency
preparedness process. It may engage stakeholders, give residents the tools to act during an
emergency, or spark dialogue between critical facilities and the community. It may also play a
key role in long-range planning, grant development or other projects that move resiliency
efforts forward.
Local Handbook Update
138
9.2.2. Involve the Whole Community
Developing and keeping up community relationships means conducting strategic outreach.
Historically, underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations have been left out of
mitigation conversations and efforts. As a result, a subset of the population is at increased risk and
more vulnerable to hazards.
Whole-community involvement throughout the planning cycle benefits everyone. It improves the
planning process, the plan itself and how you carry out mitigation actions. Data analysis and
mitigation planning are both key components of a strong mitigation plan. Still, do not overlook the
value that comes from a community’s lived experiences. Locals may know a place that floods often
but isn’t shown on the flood risk maps. Neighbors may have their own ways to communicate hazard
risk to friends and family if there is no early warning system. Community social networks are often a
lifeline, especially in low-income and underserved communities. You should use them to ensure you
factor those residents, groups and areas most at risk of hazard exposure into the process. While
there is no “one-size-fits-all” plan, one that reflects the whole community it serves will succeed in the
long term.
Involving local partners can also boost a community’s interest in, and buy-in for, the mitigation plan.
The process can open new communication channels among underserved groups, the planning team,
other departments, and local leaders that will build mutual trust and strong ties. When all members
of a community have a voice in the process and a way to communicate their challenges, local
leaders can better target assistance to those who need it most.
To ensure that all members of the community have access to current information and resources,
communicate early and often throughout the planning process. You can do this by:
Creating and using a network of nonprofits and community-based organizations for contact lists.
Sending out regularly scheduled updates on the mitigation planning progress. You can use both
new and established newsletters and listservs.
Working with local news outlets to give periodic interviews or write about mitigation planning
updates.
Holding regular public meetings about mitigation and community-based resilience. You can make
these more accessible by providing translators or ASL interpreters, as well as offering a virtual or
hybrid option. Refer to section 4 of FEMA’s
State Mitigation Planning Key Topics Bulletins:
Planning Process document for more information on planning for virtual or hybrid meetings.
Ensuring all public mitigation planning documents and schedules are accessible to a wide
audience. You can publish them online and promote their release through social media. For
those without internet access, consider distributing hard copies of planning documents during
public meetings or posting them in publicly accessible locations.
Local Handbook Update
139
9.2.3. Plan Holistically
9.2.3.1 INVEST IN A LONG-RANGE PLAN
A long-range plan, commonly referred to as a comprehensive plan, is meant to serve as a community
blueprint for the next 20 to 25 years. The local governing board decides whether to use a long-range
plan. Some states mandate this type of plan, while others let the jurisdiction choose. To ensure the
plan reflects the community it serves, the governing board should establish a steering committee. It
should include residents and representatives to bring a local perspective to the process.
Long-range plans assess your community’s existing conditions. They set goals and objectives. They
also outline key action items that are supported by a strong vision statement. Engaging the
community is a key part of any long-range plan. Residents and businesses contribute to defining a
vision for the future of their community. Participatory visioning creates ways to define the
community’s values, challenges and opportunities. You can do this through targeted outreach and
trust-building activities, such as focus groups, design charrettes and open houses. Outreach may
require the planning team to go directly into the community. Meeting residents where they are will
likely lead to strategies that are both actionable and achievable. This will help reach your
community’s resiliency goals.
You should also think about how your community might change over time. Find data on external
changes, like climate and economic trends. Think about how your community can reach its goals in
light of these future changes. Your policies and projects can guide development away from at-risk
areas and toward safer areas and methods of construction.
Long-range plans give a baseline assessment of your entire jurisdiction (village, town, city, county,
etc.) The plan lays out your community’s existing conditions, vision, goals and policies for future
growth and development. It should serve as an organizing framework for other targeted plans and
studies, including the mitigation plan. It can also be a framework for local land use regulations
established through the local zoning and subdivision law. Aligning your plans will be the next step in
your community’s resilience process.
9.2.3.2 ALIGN YOUR EFFORTS
Your community’s long-range vision should inform policies and regulations. Land development codes
such as floodplain development and subdivision regulations align with your expected future
risks. Current minimum code requirements may not be enough to withstand more frequent and
severe weather events.
During the hazard mitigation planning process, your community needs to think about other plans and
policies. It must also describe how elements of the mitigation plan will inform other planning
mechanisms. You may have included a state-level mitigation plan or code; coastal zone
management plan; regional strategic plan; or local land use, adaptation or economic development
plan. When thinking about how to integrate your plans to support resilience, start building on your
understanding of links between planning documents.
Local Handbook Update
140
As you update your community planning documents, continue to unify goals and align efforts. This is
also a chance to strengthen ties with partners across your organization. Your plan is more likely to
succeed when you coordinate with partners, value their viewpoints, and put their expertise to use.
Specific projects also offer chances for coordination. Often, resilience and hazard mitigation projects
offer co-benefits that are valuable to your partners. Your partners may also introduce new ideas,
connect you with key stakeholders, or combine funding to reach complementary goals.
Resources for Holistic Planning
Plan Integration: Linking Local Planning Efforts
Integrating Hazard Mitigation Into Local Planning: Case Studies and Tools for Community
Officials
Building Resilience Through Plan Integration
Increasing Resilience Using THIRA/SPR and Mitigation Planning
9.2.3.3 PRIORITIZE AND PLAN FOR RESILIENCE
Some communities focus on resilience through a dedicated resilience plan. For example, Larimer
County, Colorado, and Chicago, Illinois, have this type of plan. These plans document community
vision, goals and projects or activities that advance resilience. They also refer and align to previous
plans and ongoing initiatives.
Larimer County and Chicago followed different processes to develop their plans. Larimer County
started by creating a local steering committee to direct the planning process and carry it out. Its
members came from local, state and federal governments; community-led coalitions; nonprofit
organizations; and businesses. The committee held two problem-solving workshops with officials
from local, state and federal governments, as well as nonprofit organizations. In the first, attendees
outlined the community’s context and developed a vision, goals and specific strategies for resilience.
In the second, they reviewed potential shocks and stresses as well as challenges and opportunities
for resilience. The committee used this feedback to draft its resiliency framework.
Chicago created a new, permanent, city-level position for a chief resilience officer (CRO). The CRO led
a two-phase process to develop the resilience strategy. Phase 1 involved research, surveys and
workshops to learn Chicago’s strengths, threats and key challenges. This work also highlighted
existing efforts to improve resilience. In Phase 2, the CRO built a steering committee. This involved
the public, private, nonprofit and philanthropic sectors. The committee helped to pinpoint the root
causes of resilience challenges and potential solutions. The resilience plan, goals and actions grew
out of this work.
Other communities integrate resilience as a core value of other plans, including mitigation plans,
sustainability plans and long-range plans. The Charlottesville, Virginia
comprehensive plan update
Local Handbook Update
141
(2021) includes resilience as a core goal to address environmental, climate and food equity
challenges. While Charlottesville was updating its long-range plan, the city was also developing an
affordable housing plan and zoning update. Working on all of these plans at the same time led to
integration and alignment.
However you choose to focus on resilience, make sure that you have defined goals and clear metrics
to track progress. A measurement framework will help you to identify challenges early. It can also
help you highlight successes along the way.
9.3. Assess Your Capacity
Your local capacity and obligations shape your resilience opportunities. Having an accurate grasp of
your current capacity will help you to set realistic goals. If needed, an organizational assessment can
help build a common understanding of your processes, structure and strengths. This tool may
deepen how well you know your organization’s direction and goals.
When you define your capacity to build resilience, think about the following:
Staff. Is there an adequate number of staff members to complete the plan? If so, how much time
can staff make for plan development, execution, monitoring and updates?
Skills. The resilience measures your community takes may depend on whether you have access
to mapping support, community relations, engineering or other skillsets.
Budget. Can you secure and manage funding for planning or carrying out your resilience
measures?
Partnerships. Are there chances for you to work with your organization, within your community,
and with neighboring communities or regional bodies?
9.4. Prepare for Future Opportunities
Resources to fund resilience projects can open up unexpectedly; it pays to be ready.
In the weeks and months after a disaster, many communities have a unique window of opportunity.
Public support and political will to update policies and invest in mitigation are often stronger. Federal
funding for mitigation may also become available. Mitigation and recovery plans that stress
resilience can help the community build back in ways that protect people and property against future
disasters. Use this time to reassess and carry out actions for a more resilient future.
To take advantage of unexpected or time-limited funding, invest in project preparation. The time
spent planning, scoping and permitting these projects before disasters happen can lead to quicker
funding deployment and use. Funds may be set aside for grant matching. Planning projects outside
Local Handbook Update
142
of a disaster cycle can help ensure that they align with and advance community goals to mitigate
harm and build resilience.
Deepening ties with state officials is beneficial. The people who apply for and allocate federal grant
funds know the criteria state and federal officials use when awarding competitive funds. These ties
can increase your access to funding.
9.5. What Does Implementation Look Like?
Several resources can support you as you carry out the plan. They include funding in the form of
grants and loans, technical assistance and in-kind contributions. Some projects may require a
combination of your local resources, state and federal assistance, and nongovernmental support.
Refer to Annex A: Resources for Resilience for a list of some resources.
9.5.1. Identify Projects
Once you have established a resilience vision and goals for your community, it’s time to put the plan
into action. Your projects should grow out of ongoing efforts and any new goals. Think about the
mitigation actions you’ve included in your mitigation plan. Many of these will also build whole-
community resilience; think about focusing on these actions.
After defining a set of resilience projects, you can look for resources and start to define timelines. As
in the mitigation plan, make sure that all projects have a designated agency or point of contact that
will carry them out. Lay out how your projects connect to your resilience goals. This will help you to
describe and measure how projects advance your goals and vision. A formal measurement plan will
also support the periodic review of active and planned projects. Such reviews should take place on
an annual basis. Use these reviews to check whether projects are aligning with their goals, identify
challenges and successes, and think about whether to add new projects or priorities.
9.5.2. Develop and Leverage Momentum
As you plan the projects that will support the resilience plan, think about starting with a couple of
affordable, visible and simple projects. As you complete these, they will show a “win” for the
community. They will promote more resilience buy-in. Completed projects also show a commitment
to resilience goals. This may increase the availability of future funding.
Many grant and loan sources require a cost effectiveness calculation. This may be a challenge for
resilience or mitigation projects that are meant to withstand future disasters. It may be hard to justify
higher costs for benefits that may not be seen for several years. Often, you can address this by
factoring in and documenting short-term benefits.
For example, the main goal of a living shoreline project may be to protect properties against storm
surge from projected higher sea levels in 2040. However, as soon as the project is done, it may
boost tourism, create habitats for wildlife, and provide air and water filtration.
Local Handbook Update
143
Individual funding sources may not always provide enough project resources. Sometimes, your
community may not have the funds to meet a local match percentage. In these cases, you might be
able to combine multiple funding sources. For instance, some communities use funds from the
Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Community Development Block Grant program to
meet cost-share requirements for FEMA HMA grant funds.
Local Handbook Update
144
Annex A. Resources for Resilience
1. Local Resources
First, find out if any initiatives and activities can be done using existing operations and budgets. For
example, small infrastructure projects such as stormwater drainage improvements can likely be
factored into your community’s capital improvements program. Other projects may require a specific
line-item request as part of the routine planning and budgeting cycle. They might also require more
creative public financing methods, such as special purpose assessments, impact fees or tax
increment financing.
Some actions may use a combination of funding sources with other local departments, such as those
that can lead to multiple benefits for the community. For example, multiple agencies may work on
and fund the acquisition of flood-prone properties to be maintained as a public park.
2. State Resources
State government funding for mitigation varies from state to state. HMA funds may be available
following a federal disaster declaration, as described below; some states use their own general
funds for grant matching. Reach out to your SHMO to learn about available funding opportunities in
your state. Other state agencies, such as your state forestry department, geological survey and water
resources agency, may also offer programs that fund projects for specific hazards.
Get to know your SHMO. They are in charge of organizing, developing and carrying out the state’s
hazard mitigation program. They also review plans and projects submitted for approval by local
communities. Your SHMO regularly coordinates with other state agencies; FEMA and other federal
agencies; local governments; and other public and private organizations. They monitor the
completion of approved projects. They provide technical assistance and grant funding for approved
activities and expenses. Your SHMO coordinates most FEMA funding to support mitigation plans and
project execution.
3. Federal Resources
3.1. FEMA Mitigation Grant Programs
HMA Grant Programs
FEMA’s HMA grant programs provide funds for pre- and post-disaster mitigation. These programs
reduce the risk of loss of life and property due to natural hazards. Here are brief descriptions of the
HMA grant programs:
Local Handbook Update
145
Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities (BRIC). This program gives resources to
communities for hazard mitigation projects. With funds to address future natural disaster risk,
communities can build their resilience.
Flood Mitigation Assistance. This program gives funds on an annual basis. Communities can use
these funds to take measures that reduce or eliminate the risk of flood damage to buildings
insured under the NFIP.
Hazard Mitigation Grant Program. This program assists in carrying out long-term hazard
mitigation measures following presidential disaster declarations. Funding may be authorized to
carry out projects in accordance with state, tribal and local priorities.
Safeguarding Tomorrow Revolving Loan Fund. This program provides seed funding for states to
set up mitigation revolving loan fund programs. These programs provide low interest loans to
jurisdictions to reduce vulnerability to natural disasters, foster greater community resilience and
reduce disaster suffering.
The Rehabilitation of High Hazard Potential Dams (HHPD) grant program provides technical,
planning, design, and construction assistance in the form of grants for rehabilitation of eligible
high hazard potential dams.
Hazard Mitigation Funding Under Public Assistance, Section 406
Section 406 of the Stafford Act, 42 U.S.C. 5172, gives FEMA the power to fund cost-effective
mitigation measures under the Public Assistance (PA) program while repairing disaster-damaged
public facilities. This usually becomes apparent during the immediate repair phase after a disaster
event. Your community must be aware and involved in the development of PA projects in close
coordination with state and FEMA counterparts. This will help pinpoint possible mitigation
opportunities under the PA program.
Earthquake Grants
The FEMA National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program Earthquake State Assistance Program
was created to boost earthquake risk reduction at the local level. Mitigation activities funded through
this program include:
Developing seismic mitigation plans.
Conducting seismic safety inspections of critical structures and lifelines.
Updating building codes, zoning codes and ordinances to enhance seismic safety.
Increasing earthquake awareness and education.
You can learn more about funding local earthquake risk reduction activities. Reach out to your SHMO
or State Earthquake Program contact.
Local Handbook Update
146
Emergency Management Performance Grants Program
The Emergency Management Performance Grants Program gives grants to states to assist SLTT
governments prepare for threats and hazards. The grants focus on planning, operations, equipment
acquisitions, training, exercises and construction and renovation in enhancing all-hazards emergency
management capabilities. Your state emergency management agency is the only entity that can
apply to FEMA for this program on behalf of state and local emergency management agencies. So,
your first point of coordination should be through your local emergency management office.
3.2. Technical Assistance
FEMA offers many types of technical assistance. Technical assistance may take the form of
information resources; publications; training; templates, models and samples; networking; or onsite
workshops. As you develop your plan and assess your local capabilities, you will get a sense of what
technical assistance might help the most.
BRIC Direct Technical Assistance
Through BRIC Direct Technical Assistance, FEMA gives full support to communities that may not have
the resources to begin climate resilience planning and project solution design. Support may include
climate risk assessments; community engagement; mitigation and climate adaptation planning; and
BRIC program requests throughout the grant lifecycle.
National Earthquake Technical Assistance Program
The National Earthquake Technical Assistance Program is designed to help state, tribal and local
governments get the knowledge and tools they need to plan and carry out earthquake mitigation
strategies. FEMA provides these types of assistance through the program:
Training. Courses and associated materials, available for the classroom or independent study,
related to a number of seismic risk reduction activities and stakeholders.
Technical assistance. Technical advice and shared expertise that help recipients design, develop
and carry out earthquake mitigation projects.
Tools development. Help in creating job aids and other tools to carry out earthquake mitigation
efforts.
Special project support. Depending on available program funding, support for demonstration
projects or other mitigation initiatives.
Risk MAP
FEMA’s Risk Mapping, Assessment and Planning (Risk MAP) program helps communities pinpoint,
assess and reduce flood risk. Through Risk MAP, FEMA gives communities flood risk data and
information to enhance local mitigation plans, improve community outreach, and increase local
Local Handbook Update
147
resilience to floods. The products and guidance provided by Risk MAP can be used to help carry out
your local plan.
Building Science
FEMA’s Building Science provides technical services and mitigation guidance to create disaster-
resilient communities. The branch offers NFIP technical support for public and private sector
stakeholders, the National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program, the National Windstorm Impact
Reduction Program, and outreach strategies for communicating Building Science issues.
Dam Safety Collaborative Technical Assistance
FEMA is offering a Collaborative Technical Assistance (CTA) series to help communities at risk of
dam-related flooding to better understand their risk landscape and the potential consequences of
dam-related emergencies. The CTA will include planning for emergencies related to operational
discharges or dam-related infrastructure failure.
4. Best Practices
Best Practices Portfolio
FEMA’s Mitigation Best Practices consists of stories, ideas, activities and projects that show how
others have worked to reduce or prevent damage from disasters. These best practices come from
individuals and communities. They describe measures they have taken to reduce the loss of life and
property from disasters. The portfolio provides ideas about reducing losses. It also encourages
others to assess their own risk and think about mitigation as a long-term way to reduce it. There are
mitigation planning success stories on plan implementation, plan integration, outreach, engagement
and equity.
Local Handbook Update
148
Annex B. Worksheets, Samples and
Starter Kits
Local Handbook Update
149
Background
What is in this annex?
You can use the materials in this annex to guide the planning process. These are recommended and
are designed to help create a strong plan and meet the requirements laid out in the policy.
There are three types of guidance in this annex:
Worksheets: You can use these forms during the planning process to collect information from
participating jurisdictions, community partners or other stakeholders.
Samples: These can be a starting point or template for certain activities of the planning process (e.g.
survey).
Starter Kits: These are handouts that explain special topics that can be helpful for the planning
process (e.g. hiring a consultant).
All of these are optional and can be edited to suit the needs of your community.
Planning Process
Worksheet 1: Identifying and Engaging the Planning Team
Use this worksheet to identify partner organizations to invite to be on the planning team. Some
organizations do not need to be involved in every decision of the planning process but are
stakeholders that require outreach and involvement during the planning process.
Planning TeamThe core group responsible for making decisions, guiding the planning process,
and agreeing upon the final contents of the plan. These are often leaders from the local communities
that will adopt the plan (mayors, town administrators, county commissioners, etc.). Every community
that wants to formally adopt the plan must participate in the process!
StakeholdersIndividuals or groups that affect or can be affected by a mitigation action or policy.
The plan needs to document how each of the following were at least given the opportunity to
participate. These kinds of stakeholders must be invited:
Local and regional agencies involved in hazard mitigation activities.
o Public works, emergency management, local floodplain administration and Geographic
Information Systems (GIS) departments.
Agencies with authority to regulate development.
Local Handbook Update
150
o Zoning, planning, community and economic development departments; building officials;
planning commissions; or other elected officials.
Neighboring communities.
o Adjacent local governments, including special districts. These may include those that are
affected by similar hazard events or may share a mitigation action or project that crosses
boundaries. Neighboring communities may be partners in hazard mitigation and response
activities. They may be where critical assets, such as dams, are located.
Representatives of businesses, academia and other private organizations.
o Private utilities or major employers that sustain community lifelines.
Representatives of nonprofit organizations that work directly with and/or provide support to
underserved communities and socially vulnerable populations, among others.
o Community-based organizations, housing authorities, healthcare organizations or social
service agencies.
Use the checkboxes in the table below to identify which methods are best for each type of participant
and stakeholder. Consider your unique situation. No two communities are exactly alike. Identify what
works best for you and your partners.
Contact method Participating
jurisdiction
Local and
regional
agencies
involved in
hazard
mitigation
activities
Agencies that
have the
authority to
regulate
development
Neighboring
communities
Representatives
of businesses,
academia, and
other private
organizations
Organizations
that work
with
underserved
communities
General
public
Email
Phone call
Flyers/
newsletters
Website
Existing regular
meetings
Surveys
Social media
Local newspaper
Other (describe)
Local Handbook Update
151
What are your expectations for plan participant involvement for each phase of the plan update?
How can plan participants support the planning process?
Are there upcoming meetings or events you can use to engage plan participants?
Local Handbook Update
152
Sample Planning Process Schedule
Use the table below as an example schedule of key planning tasks. Your timeline may differ. This is
just a suggestion of how to organize your time and resources.
Table 1. Sample Schedule of Tasks
Local Handbook Update
153
Sample Voluntary Participation Agreement
PURPOSE
A Voluntary Participation Agreement (VPA) is hereby executed between the participating jurisdictions
in the [Insert Title of Plan]. “Participating jurisdictions” in this VPA are:
[insert Lead Community name]
[insert Community A name]
[insert Community B name]
The purpose of this VPA is to establish commitment from and a cooperative working relationship
between all Participating Jurisdictions in the development and implementation of the [Insert Title of
Plan]. In addition, the intent of this VPA is to ensure that the multi-jurisdictional hazard mitigation
plan is developed in accordance with Title 44 of the Federal Code of Regulations Part 201.6; that the
planning process is conducted in an open manner involving community stakeholders; that it is
consistent with each participating jurisdiction’s policies, programs, and authorities; and that it is an
accurate reflection of the community’s values.
This VPA sets out the responsibilities of all parties. The VPA identifies the work to be performed by
each participating jurisdiction. Planning tasks, schedules, and finished products are identified in the
Work Program and Schedule. The plan created as a result of this VPA will be presented to the
governing body (Planning Commission, City Council and/or Board of Commissioners, etc.) of each
participating jurisdiction for adoption.
BACKGROUND
Mitigation plans form the foundation for a community’s long-term strategy to reduce disaster losses.
They help break the cycle of disaster damage, reconstruction, and repeated damage. The
Participating Jurisdictions in a mitigation planning process benefit by:
Identifying cost-effective actions for risk reduction.
Directing resources to the greatest risks and vulnerabilities.
Building partnerships by involving people, organizations and businesses.
Increasing education and awareness of hazards and risk.
Aligning risk reduction with other community objectives.
Providing eligibility to receive federal hazard mitigation grant funding.
The [insert Lead Community name] has received a grant from the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) to prepare a multi-jurisdictional hazard mitigation plan in accordance with Title 44 of
the Federal Code of Regulations Part 201.6.
Local Handbook Update
154
PLANNING TEAM RESPONSIBILITIES
[Insert Lead Community name] will act as the Lead Community. They will assign a Chairperson of the
Planning Team for the [Insert Title of Plan]. The Participating Jurisdictions authorize the Lead
Community to manage and facilitate the planning process in accordance with the Work Program and
Schedule.
The Participating Jurisdictions understand that representatives must engage in the following
planning process. This is more fully described in the Local Mitigation Planning Handbook. It includes,
but is not limited to:
Develop the Work Program and Schedule with the Planning Team.
Organize and attend regular meetings of the Planning Team.
Help the Planning Team develop and conduct an outreach strategy to involve other planning
team members, stakeholders, and the public, as appropriate to represent their Jurisdiction.
Identify community resources available to support the planning effort. This includes meeting
spaces, facilitators and media outlets.
Provide data and feedback to develop the risk assessment and mitigation strategy. This includes
a specific mitigation action plan for their Jurisdiction.
Submit the draft plan to their Jurisdiction for review.
Work with the Planning Team to incorporate all their Jurisdiction’s comments into the draft plan.
Submit the draft plan to their respective governing body for consideration and adoption.
After adoption, coordinate a process to monitor, evaluate and work toward plan implementation.
PLANNING TEAM
The following points of contact and alternatives are authorized on behalf of the governing bodies to
participate as members of the Planning Team for the [Insert Title of Plan]:
[Insert Points of Contact for the Lead Jurisdiction and for each Participating Jurisdiction, and any
alternative Points of Contact, including, at a minimum:]
Name
Title
Office/Agency
Name of Participating Jurisdiction
Local Handbook Update
155
Address
Phone number
Email address
VPA IMPLEMENTATION
This VPA will be in effect from the date of signature by all parties, and will remain in effect through
the duration of the planning process. It and will terminate after adoption of the final FEMA-approved
mitigation plan by all participating jurisdictions, or 5 years after FEMA approval, whichever is earlier.
It may be terminated prior to that time for any Participating Jurisdiction by giving 60 days written
notice. This VPA is to be implemented through the attached Work Program and Schedule, and any
addendums that describe specific activities, programs and projects, and if necessary, funding by
separate instrument.
[Insert signature block for each Participating Jurisdiction, or attach resolutions]
Signature: _______________________________
Name of Authorized Government Official
Title (City Manager, Mayor, County Emergency Management Director, etc.)
Name of Lead Jurisdiction
Office/Agency
Date: ___________________________________
Signature: _______________________________
Name of Authorized Government Official
Title (City Manager, Mayor, County Emergency Management Director, etc.)
Name of Jurisdiction A
Office/Agency
Date: ___________________________________
ATTACHMENTS
Plan Work Program and Schedule
Local Handbook Update
156
Sample Public Opinion Survey
Your household has been randomly selected to participate in this survey on public perceptions and
opinions about natural hazards in your county. In addition, we would like information about the
methods and techniques you prefer for reducing the risks and losses associated with these hazards.
The questionnaire should be completed by an adult, preferably the head of household. The
information you provide will be used to help improve public/private coordination, mitigation, and risk
reduction efforts in your county. The survey should take less than 30 minutes to complete.
This is a public opinion survey. The results will inform local natural hazard mitigation planning. Your
returned, completed survey indicates your willingness to take part in the study. Participation in this
study is voluntary and anonymous. None of the information you provide will be attributed to you
directly.
NATURAL HAZARD INFORMATION
First, we would like to know about your experiences with natural hazards.
4. During the past 5 years, in the county you currently reside in, have you or someone in your
household directly experienced a natural disaster? This could be an earthquake, severe
windstorm, flood, wildfire, or other type of natural disaster.
Yes
No
5. How concerned are you about the following natural disasters affecting your county? (Check the
corresponding box for each hazard)
Natural Disaster Very
Concerned
Somewhat
Concerned
Neutral Not Very
Concerned
Not
Concerned
Drought
Dust Storm
Earthquake
Flood
Landslide/Debris Flow
Wildfire
Volcanic Eruption
Windstorm
Severe Winter Storm
Local Handbook Update
157
Natural Disaster Very
Concerned
Somewhat
Concerned
Neutral Not Very
Concerned
Not
Concerned
Extreme Heat
Other: _____________
6. Whom would you most trust to provide you with information about how to make your household
and home safer from natural disasters? (Please check up to three)
News media
Government agency
Insurance agent or company
Utility company
University or research institution
Neighbor/friend/family member
Elected official
American Red Cross
Other non-profit organization
Social media (e.g., Facebook)
Not sure
Other: ______________
7. Prior to receiving this survey, were you aware of your county’s hazard mitigation plan?
Yes
No
COMMUNITY VULNERABILITIES AND HAZARD MITIGATION STRATEGIES
To assess community risk, we need to understand which community assets may be vulnerable to
natural hazards in the region. Vulnerable assets are those community features, characteristics or
resources that may be impacted by natural hazards (e.g., populations with functional needs,
economic components, environmental resources, etc.). The next set of questions will focus on
Local Handbook Update
158
vulnerable assets in your community. It will also cover your preferred strategies to mitigate risk to
those assets.
8. Community assets are features, characteristics or resources that either make a community
unique or allow the community to function. For the following categories, what do you see as
vulnerable in your community? Write a short description for each.
o
Human (Loss of life and/or injuries)
o
Economic (Business closures and/or job losses)
o
Infrastructure (Damage or loss of bridges, utilities, schools, etc.)
o
Cultural/Historic (Damage or loss of libraries, museums, fairgrounds, etc.)
o
Environmental (Damage or loss of forests, rangeland, waterways, etc.)
o
Governance (Ability to maintain order and/or provide public amenities and services)
9. Next we would like to know what specific types of community assets are most important to you.
(Check the corresponding box for each asset)
Community Assets Very
Important
Somewhat
Important
Neutral Not Very
Important
Not
Important
Elder-care facilities
Schools (K-12)
Hospitals
Major bridges
Fire/police stations
Local Handbook Update
159
Community Assets Very
Important
Somewhat
Important
Neutral Not Very
Important
Not
Important
Museums/historic
buildings
Major employers
Small businesses
College/university
City Hall/courthouse
Parks
Other: __________
Other: __________
Other: __________
Other: __________
Other: __________
10. Many activities can reduce your community’s risk from natural hazards. These activities can be
both regulatory and non-regulatory.
Please check the box that best matches your opinion of the following strategies to reduce risk and
loss associated with natural disasters.
Community- wide Strategies Strongly
Agree
Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly
Disagree
Not Sure
I support implementing
government rules to reduce risk
I support a non-governmental
approach to reducing risk
I support a mix of both
governmental and non-
governmental approaches to
reducing risk
I support policies to prohibit
development in areas subject to
natural hazards
Local Handbook Update
160
Community- wide Strategies Strongly
Agree
Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly
Disagree
Not Sure
I support the use of tax dollars
(federal and/or local) to
compensate landowners for not
developing in areas subject to
natural hazards
I support the use of local tax
dollars to reduce risks and losses
from natural disasters
I support protecting historical and
cultural structures
I would be willing to make my
home more disaster-resistant
I support steps to safeguard the
local economy following a disaster
event
I support improving the disaster
preparedness of local schools
I support a local inventory of at-risk
buildings and infrastructure
I support the disclosure of natural
hazard risks during real estate
transactions
11. Natural hazards can have a significant impact on a community. Planning for these events can
help lessen the impacts. The following statements will help determine residents’ priorities in
planning for natural hazards in your county.
Please tell us how important each one is to you.
Statements Very
Important
Somewhat
Important
Neutral Not Very
Important
Not
Important
Protecting private property
Protecting critical facilities (e.g.,
transportation networks, hospitals,
fire stations)
Preventing development in hazard
areas
Local Handbook Update
161
Statements Very
Important
Somewhat
Important
Neutral Not Very
Important
Not
Important
Enhancing the function of natural
features (e.g., streams, wetlands)
Protecting historical and cultural
landmarks
Protecting and reducing damage to
utilities
Strengthening emergency services
(e.g., police, fire ambulance)
Disclosing natural hazard risks during
real estate transactions
Promoting cooperation among public
agencies, citizens, non-profit
organizations and businesses
GENERAL HOUSEHOLD INFORMATION
Finally, we would appreciate any information you are willing to share with us about your household.
This information will remain confidential and is for survey comparison purposes only.
12. Zip code (optional): _______________
13. County: _________________________
14. How long have you lived in the state?
Less than 1 year
1-5 years
6-9 years
10-19 years
20 or more years
Do you own or rent your home?
Own
Rent
Do you own/rent a:
Single-family home
Local Handbook Update
162
Duplex
Apartment (3-4 units in structure)
Apartment (5 or more units in structure)
Condominium/townhouse
Manufactured home
Other: _______________
Local Handbook Update
163
Sample Plan Organization
15. Cover Page
a. Title (City or Town Local Hazard Mitigation Plan)
16. Jurisdiction Information
a. Name(s) of Participating Jurisdiction(s)
b. New Plan or Update?
c. Previous FEMA Approval Date(s)
d. Version (with submittal dates)
e. Funding Assistance (optional)
17. Table of Contents
18. Executive Summary [Optional]
19. Adoption Documentation
20. Background [Optional]
a. Introduction to Hazard Mitigation and the Plan/Plan Update
i. Community Planning Area
b. Location Information and Geography
c. Demographics
d. Housing
e. Land Use and Infrastructure
f. Community Development and Development Trends
g. Historic, Natural/Environmental and Cultural Resources
h. Commerce, Industry, Academia
i. National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) Participation and Community Rating System
(CRS) participation, if applicable
21. Planning Process
a. Purpose, Overview and Background
b. Building Support: Community Involvement, Roles and Responsibilities
i. The Planning Team, Consultant (if applicable) and Local Leadership
ii. Multi-Jurisdictional Participation
iii. Stakeholders
iv. Public
c. Understanding the Community’s Risks
i. Gather Resources
Local Handbook Update
164
ii. Review and Incorporation of Information
iii. Stakeholder and Public Input
iv. Developing/Updating the Risk Assessment
d. Developing and Updating the Mitigation Strategy
i. Identification and Review of Goals, Actions, Priorities, Changes, Progress
ii. Review and Incorporation of Stakeholder and Public Exchange
e. Bringing the Plan to Life: Implementation and Maintenance
i. Method, Responsibilities and Schedule
1. Plan [Update] Review, Adoption, and Approval
2. Monitoring
3. Evaluation (additional documents in appendices)
4. Updates
ii. Continued Public Involvement (also see Appendix Outreach Strategy)
22. Risk Assessment
a. Defining Risk and Methodology
b. Significant events since the last plan update (major disasters, major developments,
conditions effecting risk in the community)
c. Hazards
i. a. Hazard Identification
1. Hazards Excluded From Risk Assessment (with explanation)
2. Hazard Profiles (each applicable hazard)
a. Description
b. Location
c. Extent (magnitude)
d. Previous Occurrence, Disasters
e. Probability of Future Events
f. Effects of climate change on the hazard’s location, severity
and probability
d. Vulnerability for Each Hazard
i. a. Community Assets
1. People
2. Economy
3. Built Environment
Local Handbook Update
165
a. Existing structures
b. Infrastructure
c. Critical Facilities/Community Lifelines
d. Historic and Cultural Resources
e. Effects of Climate Change, Population and Land Use Change
on Vulnerability
f. Future Development
4. Natural Environment
a. Water Resources, Watershed
b. Protected Natural Areas
c. Other
e. Risk Analysis and Assessment Matrix
i. Methodology
1. Exposure Analysis
2. Historical Analysis
a. Repetitive and Severe Repetitive Loss Properties
3. Scenario Analysis (if applicable)
4. Changes in Development Analysis (for plan update)
ii. Vulnerability Summary (for each hazard)
1. Identified Risk in the Community
2. Effects of Climate Change, Population and Land-Use Change on
Vulnerability
3. Jurisdictional Vulnerability - Narrative Summary, Matrix or Annexes
23. Capability Assessment
a. Purpose Capabilities for Both Existing and Future Risk
b. Types and Evaluation of Capabilities. This can be outlined by program areas, or
recommended by authorities, policies, programs, resources, community
support/leadership, and the ability to expand/improve.
i. Local Government and Program Areas. Highlight applicability of local
authorities, staffing, funding, and planning tools or mechanisms for hazard
mitigation. This includes but is not limited to:
1. Form of Government (town council, selectboard, planning board,
home rule, MPO, etc.)
2. Planning, Building, Housing - Community Development
Local Handbook Update
166
3. Transportation, Public Works, Utilities
4. Floodplain Management/Stormwater, Open Space, Land
Conservation, Local Forestry
5. Emergency Management
6. Economic (Re-)Development
7. Health
8. GIS (including database, modeling abilities of HAZUS, SLOSH, and
planning scenarios)
9. Dam Safety
ii. National Flood Insurance Program, CRS
iii. Partnerships and Other Community Affiliations, Programs, Resources
c. Integration With Existing Plans and Local Processes (other planning mechanisms)
i. Accomplishments
ii. Opportunities and Process for Integration
1. Community Planning Mechanisms or Activities (e.g. next
comprehensive plan update)
2. Method and Timeline
d. Capability Needs/Challenges - Summary
24. Mitigation Strategy
a. Goals (as well as vision and objectives, if available)
b. Development and Update of Strategy and Actions – Methodology
i. Identifying Types of Mitigation Actions (identify preparedness separately or
consider in appendix)
1. Existing and New Actions
2. Actions Addressing Existing and Future Development
3. NFIP-related actions
4. Climate Change Adaptation Future Risk
ii. Analysis of Actions Narrative or Table (describing even those actions not
selected to move forward)
iii. Prioritization
1. Qualitative or quantitative prioritization method describing benefits
and costs, including to underserved groups and socially vulnerable
populations)
c. For Plan Updates: Previous Actions: Meeting Targets and Progress
Local Handbook Update
167
d. Action Plan
i. Actions Using Risk Assessment Matrix by Vulnerable Area
1. Descriptions
2. Action Type
3. Pre or Post Disaster
4. Priority Level (low, medium, high)
5. Change in Priority (for plan update)
6. Lead Organization
7. Supporting Organization(s)
8. Timeframe
9. Financing Options
10. Cost Estimate
11. Benefit
25. Moving Towards a Safe, Resilient, and Sustainable Community
a. Evaluation: Progress and Challenges (for plan update)
i. Involvement, Capabilities, Meeting Goals and Targets
ii. Changes in Development Impacts to Risk
iii. New Disasters Changes in Risk
b. Changes in Priorities (for plan update)
c. Success Stories and Best Practices (optional)
26. References
27. Jurisdictional Annexes
28. Appendices
a. Assessing Risk: Maps and Climate Information
b. Building Support: Planning Process Additional Documentation
i. Outreach Strategy and Materials
ii. Meeting Summaries, Notes, Sign-In Sheets
iii. Invites, Public Meeting Announcements, Web/Ad Postings
iv. Surveys, Questionnaires, Evaluations, etc.
c. Capability Assessment (additional documentation, if needed)
d. Emergency/Preparedness Strategy Actions (optional)
e. Final Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool from Approved Plan
f. Glossary
Local Handbook Update
168
Local Handbook Update
169
Considering a Consultant to Support Local Mitigation Planning Starter Kit
This fact sheet is for plan owners who are considering hiring a consultant to support the local
mitigation planning process and the compilation of a mitigation plan. The planning process requires
active participation and leadership from the community(ies) involved. Outside help can support the
whole process or just certain phases and tasks. You do not need formal training to lead this process.
However, hiring a consultant may help meet FEMA requirements and create a stronger plan.
Consider support if:
You want specific expertise. This could be from experts or specialists in community planning,
engineering, public outreach and engagement, or Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
You need help identifying hazards, risks, and vulnerabilities, or if you need help estimating
potential losses.
You want a third party to facilitate discussions about mitigation goals, actions and priorities.
There are capacity issues within your community(ies) to lead or help with the process.
Planning consultants work under contract to give professional and technical support. They can come
from private consulting firms, academic institutions, nonprofit organizations or regional planning
agencies. Before you hire a consultant, you should assess their qualifications, expertise and their
approach to the project as outlined in their proposal. The table below highlights the main tasks of
developing a mitigation plan. It discusses which tasks can be delegated for outside assistance. It
also shows which tasks the plan owner should still take ownership and responsibility for.
Examples of Consultant and Plan Owner Roles
Tasks
Contractor Role
Plan Owner Role
Planning Process,
Meetings/Workshops
Minimal Assistance
- Help the community
start its planning process. Identify key
meetings and decisions that need to
occur. Create a timeline and schedule for
the completion of all tasks.
Significant Assistance
- Help start the
planning process. Create materials for
the various meetings and workshops.
Lead the meetings and workshops.
Prepare notes as required.
Determine key government,
stakeholder and community
members to be on the
Planning Team.
Explain the purpose of the
plan/update process to the
Planning Team.
Make decisions about the
number and location of
meetings and workshops.
Help coordinate meetings and
attendance.
Review and approve all
meeting materials.
Local Handbook Update
170
Examples of Consultant and Plan Owner Roles
Public Outreach and
Participation
Minimal Assistance:
Help the jurisdiction
develop a public outreach strategy.
Significant Assistance:
Help develop the
public outreach strategy and help with
implementation of the strategy (attend
meetings, coordinate media, etc., help
respond to public comments/questions).
Determine if the nature and
number of meetings or other
outreach methods are
adequate to engage the
public.
Attend meetings and lead
portions of the meetings.
Address any needs for more
targeted outreach to specific
community members.
Coordinate media and
respond to public comments
and questions.
Hazard Assessment
Minimal Assistance:
Run a hazard
assessment with data provided by the
community. GIS and Hazus software are
example tools for such an assessment.
Significant Assistance:
Help determine
necessary data inputs and collect them.
Run the hazard analysis. Present the
results of the analysis to participants.
Determine the critical
facilities, community lifelines,
or other community assets to
include in the assessment.
Check that the assessment
methodology uses
appropriate parameters (e.g.
timeframe, geographic
boundaries, etc.)
Ensure that the results of the
assessment are in line with
the community’s experiences
(e.g. most vulnerable assets
have previously been
damaged during hazard
events).
Compilation of the Plan
Minimal Assistance:
Supply an outline or
table of contents of the required sections
in a plan.
Significant Assistance:
Collect all the
information from the meetings,
workshops, etc., and compile the hazard
mitigation plan.
Check that the compiled
elements of the plan meet
the requirements in the Local
Mitigation Planning Policy
Guide.
Local Handbook Update
171
Examples of Consultant and Plan Owner Roles
Multi-Jurisdictional
Plan Coordination
Minimal Assistance:
Provide guidance on
how a multi-jurisdictional plan is different
from a single-jurisdiction plan. Advise on
the best approaches for multi-
jurisdictional planning and supply helpful
resources as needed.
Significant Assistance:
Help the
participating jurisdictions complete all
parts of the plan that are specific to their
communities. Fold these pieces into the
plan so that all participants are eligible
for plan approval and adoption.
Work directly with all
participants to make sure
they understand and meet all
planning requirements.
Make sure that all
participating jurisdictions
have a voice in the plan’s
coordination and
development.
Submit the Plan for
State and FEMA
Review and Approval
Minimal Assistance:
Provide suggestions
on how to respond to state and FEMA
comments.
Significant Assistance:
Help the
community with any required revisions
that may come from the state and FEMA.
Understand the review
comments from the state and
FEMA and ask the consultant
to address.
Lead the adoption process so
that the plan is approved by
all participating jurisdictions.
EVALUATE THE CONSULTANT’S QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERTISE
Many communities hire consultants to help coordinate and facilitate the planning process.
Consultants can also compile the entire hazard mitigation plan for state and FEMA approval. If your
community decides to hire one, think about which phases you want help with. Then use these factors
to assess a consultant’s background and expertise.
General: Regardless of the level of support you seek, look for a planning consultant that:
Knows the current federal and state requirements for local hazard mitigation planning. This
includes the updated policies in the Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide released April 19,
2022.
Knows the applicable regulations, laws and guidance, and understands how to apply them to a
hazard mitigation plan. For example, they must know the requirements of the Disaster Mitigation
Act of 2000; state, tribal and local regulations; and the NFIP requirements.
Understands that each community has unique demographic, geographic and political conditions.
Be sure to think about the differences between hiring a consultant that is local versus one that is
outside the region or even the state.
Has attended FEMA Mitigation Planning training.
Local Handbook Update
172
Is prepared to give references. This should include names and phone numbers for past clients.
Can show hazard mitigation plans that were approved on first submission.
Can show approved plans that are considered models or best examples.
Can successfully use technical tools, research, media, graphics and communication in their work.
Planning Process: If you need support with the planning process, look for a consultant that:
Understands that community input and participation are key to a strong hazard mitigation plan.
For plan updates, knows how to build on the existing hazard mitigation plan rather than starting
from scratch.
Has experience with different forms of community engagement and outreach. They should show
they can do successful public outreach, especially to underserved communities.
Risk Assessment: If you need support with the risk assessment, look for a consultant that:
Knows how to create community-specific risk assessments that help identify key vulnerabilities
and mitigation needs.
Knows how to find and use the latest FEMA Risk Mapping, Assessment and Planning data and
other flood risk products.
Can help communities assess changes in development, hazards and vulnerability since the last
plan update.
Can help communities think about the effects of future conditions, including climate change.
They should be able to describe how climate change affects the risk assessment.
Mitigation Strategy: If you need support with mitigation strategy, look for a consultant that:
Is familiar with emergency management and multi-hazard mitigation concepts.
Has proven experience developing successful and creative strategies that connect to the Risk
Assessment. These strategies should also address the needs of underserved communities.
Understands long-term risk reduction. They should use strategies based in community
development, land management, resiliency, sustainability and smart growth practices.
Knows how mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery are different. You can address all
four, but the focus of the hazard mitigation plan is mitigation.
Knows the financial resources a community could access for funding projects.
Local Handbook Update
173
Knows how long-term risk reduction connects to community development, land management,
resiliency, sustainability and smart growth practices.
Understands the connection between the hazard mitigation plan and other planning mechanisms
in the community.
Knows the overlaps between hazard mitigation plans and the CRS and Community Wildfire
Protection Plans. The consultant should address the requirements for multiple programs in one
plan.
Maintenance and Update: If you need support with plan maintenance and updates, look for a
consultant that:
Can support a community with project execution and progress through a successful strategy.
Knows the requirements for a plan update as opposed to an initial plan.
Understands the updates made in the 2022 Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide. They should
also know how to apply these to hazard mitigation plans.
Clearly states they will support you through the FEMA review process. A contract is complete
when the plan has received the FEMA status of “Approvable Pending Adoption” or “Approved.”
Consultants do not own the planning process! They facilitate it.
They do not make the decisions for the plan’s contents, process, risk findings, strategies or
priorities. They help communities make decisions. Consultants do not have ownership of the
plan; it is not proprietary.
EVALUATE THE CONSULTANT’S PROPOSAL
If your community wants to hire a private consultant, you may need to do a Request for Proposals
(RFP). Procurement laws and rules vary from state to state and even from community to community.
However, going through an RFP process is recommended for most cases. As you develop the RFP
and assess submissions, think about the following.
Scope of Work (SOW): When hiring a consultant, you should give them a detailed SOW. Here is
some advice for writing your SOW.
o Talk to the State Hazard Mitigation Officer about the requirements for a FEMA-approved
hazard mitigation plan. For example, the hazard profiles may not need detailed databases of
prior events or complex geospatial analyses of location and extent. These analyses might
cost more than the community has to invest. Some states may have sample scopes of work
Local Handbook Update
174
or lists of deliverables. These can be reviewed when developing the actual SOW for the
planning area.
o Decide what professional skills or services the community staff can provide before asking for
proposals. You should engage those who know your community(ies) best first, depending on
their capacity. For example, if your community has a public outreach officer, they could make
the public outreach strategy for your hazard mitigation plan. If your community has GIS
capabilities, you may not need outside assistance for geospatial data analysis and mapping.
o Build in allowances for changes if the draft plan does not match your community’s vision. It is
the community’s plan, not the consultant’s.
Schedule:
o Compare the consultant’s proposed timeline with the community’s desired schedule, staff
availability, and for plan updates when the current plan expires.
o The schedule should include multiple opportunities to review and comment on draft portions
of the plan. There should be enough time for revisions. Be clear about how much time is
needed for reviews.
o The timeline and budget must have plenty of state and FEMA review time. The planning team
also needs enough time to make any required or recommended revisions, if applicable,
following these reviews. FEMA recommends expecting an 18 month timeline from project
kickoff through review and adoption. This may not apply to every community. But if your
community does not have set expectations, this can be a starting point.
Deliverables:
o The consultant’s final deliverable must be a hazard mitigation plan that has received the
FEMA status of “Approvable Pending Adoption” or “Approved.” The consultant should be
available to help with the plan review and approval process. They should also help in the
local adoption process.
o Be sure to include in the contract that the jurisdiction will review drafts of the plan during
development. The final plan should not be the first time people see the written document.
o Include in your contract that the consultant will share digital copies of the plan any time
during development. They must also share copies of the finished plan. The digital copy must
be editable. The contract should also state the number of printed and/or bound copies of the
final plan that the consultant will share.
o If the consultant is doing mapping or a risk assessment, the contract should note that you
will get editable versions of these as well. These could be GIS files or a spreadsheet that
holds the results of an exposure analysis.
Local Handbook Update
175
o Make sure the final plan meets all scoped requirements. For example, if your SOW specified
a Level 2 Hazus analysis then make sure that the consultant provided that deliverable unless
the project scope was amended. If your plan was funded by a FEMA Hazard Mitigation
Assistance grant, scope revisions are often complex. This is why scope development for grant
funding is so important.
o Ask for quality work over quantity. While consultants may have standard templates that they
use, remember that this is your community’s plan. Each community has unique
circumstances, and those should be reflected in both the plan’s development and in the final
plan itself. Ask the consultant to develop a planning process that aligns with your
community’s needs rather than using a one-size-fits-all approach.
Multi-Jurisdictional Plan Scopes: Multi-jurisdictional plans will need more coordination among
communities. The schedule needs to account for different jurisdictions’ timeframes and meeting
schedules.
o When a county/parish/township includes a federally recognized tribe in its planning area, the
tribe can take part in the multi-jurisdictional plan. The tribe can also complete a plan on its
own. If the tribe chooses to take part, the plan must include the provisions for 44 CFR
§201.7 for the tribal jurisdiction. Complete all provisions for both local and tribal plan
regulations at the same time. This way, the plan has only one review cycle with FEMA.
References: References are a key part of hiring any consultant. Here are a few items to consider
when asking for references.
o Ask the consultant to provide references for their most recent work.
o Contact the references. Ask what the working relationship was with the consultant, and if
there were any lessons learned from the process.
Cost: The cost to develop or update the plan is an important component of the SOW. Here are
some items to consider:
o Will you use grant funding for part of the process? If so, how will you meet the local match?
Will it be through local funds, or in-kind services?
o If using grant funds, ensure that the plan and the process meets all the criteria that were
included in the grant application.
o Ensure that the consultant provides specific breakdowns of their cost. They should provide
updates throughout the process. This will help ensure the project remains on schedule.
o Make sure that the cost includes addressing any required revisions from the state and/or
FEMA. The contract should specify that the end product will be a FEMA-approved and locally
adopted plan.
Local Handbook Update
176
o Consider if the planning process will include bringing all the communities together for larger
meetings, or if the contractor will need to reach out to them individually.
o If the contractor is expected to facilitate the adoption of the plans with local communities, be
sure to specify that in the SOW.
Be the local champion for your plan!
While consultants can play a key role in developing a mitigation plan, remember that you and
your planning team should be championing the process. You and the planning team should
determine how to engage planning partners and the public, who understand local risks and can
create local solutions. Successful plans are those that reflect the community and have buy-in.
Review the plan often. Make sure that the plan talks about issues that are important to the local
community(ies).
Local Handbook Update
177
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan Press Release Starter Kit
INTRODUCTION
An adopted hazard mitigation plan is a demonstration of a community’s commitment to safeguarding
residents, visitors, homes, and businesses. After the adoption of a local hazard mitigation plan, it is
important to celebrate the hard work and successes of planning. Sharing planning successes
through press releases and social media can expand awareness of mitigation planning efforts. It can
also support ongoing risk communications. This document provides an overview and examples of
how to announce the adoption of a hazard mitigation plan. Examples use a fictional city called
“Somewhere”.
WHAT IS A PRESS RELEASE?
A press release is a written communication providing short, specific information on an event - in this
case, the adoption of a mitigation plan. These communications are sent to news outlets to provide
awareness and to be published based on news cycles and interest. Press releases are an easy way
to inform the public of a mitigation plan’s adoption, update or drafting.
HOW TO SEND A PRESS RELEASE
Identify your local news outlets.
If you are not already familiar with your local newspapers, start there. Search online for your
city’s name. Go to the “News” section of your search engine to find news outlets that cover your
area. If the newspaper is available online, read through to find relevant sections and journalists
who regularly cover topics like local government or emergencies.
Be sure to follow each outlet’s guidelines for submission.
Different newspapers and magazines have different requirements. You are more likely to be
published the closer you stay to these guidelines.
Send your release to local outlets individually and with the correct names.
When sending a press release, focus your distribution on those outlets that cover information
such as disasters, emergencies and local government. Send out each email individually and
address the journalist by their name, if possible. If you are unable to identify a direct contact for
this type of content, it’s best to reach out to the following contacts:
o Daily newspaper in your community: Contact the City Editor or the editor in charge of the
section that relates to your content.
o Weekly newspaper: Editor.
o Magazine: Editor or Managing Editor.
Local Handbook Update
178
o Radio stations: News Director.
If you are emailing the press release, put the release in the body of the email and attach a copy.
For ease of reading, many journalists prefer having the information directly in the body of the
email. However, if you have any images or additional information, that should be included in an
attachment. This keeps the message as short and direct as possible.
Follow up with a phone call.
Contact each journalist you emailed the press release to. Ensure that they have all the
information they need and that the story receives attention.
Press Release Tips
Include the jurisdiction’s name, date the plan was adopted, what governing body adopted
it, and the name of the plan.
Provide an example from the risk assessment of an impacted area, and a mitigation
measure included in the mitigation strategies.
Paste a link to the plan’s location.
EXAMPLE PRESS RELEASE FOR A LOCAL HAZARD MITIGATION PLAN
Somewhere Adopts Plan, Commits to Reduce Effects of Disasters
January 6, 20XX
SOMEWHERE On January 1, 20XX, Somewhere’s City Council moved to adopt the
Somewhere City Hazard Mitigation Plan. This adoption demonstrates the city’s continued
commitment to reducing the damage from natural hazards, like earthquakes and flooding.
Hazard mitigation plans help residents and officials of Somewhere understand what hazards
affect the community, where those hazards have the greatest impact, and what steps the
community can take to lessen hazards’ impacts. For example, in the case of Somewhere, there
is a high risk for flash flooding along King Lane and Ninth Street. The plan suggests adding
additional storm water drains to help the streets handle the heavy rainfall in the spring and
summer months. Each of the hazards mentioned in the plan has actions identified that can
reduce their impacts on the community.
To see what hazards affect where you live, visit [LINK TO NATIONAL RISK INDEX] and search for
your address. Then visit [LINK TO CITY PLAN] to read about what mitigation strategies are in
place to reduce your risk.
Local Handbook Update
179
SOCIAL MEDIA
Understanding who is on different social media platforms and how to leverage features commonly
used on each outlet is important to promoting messaging. Below is a breakdown of three major
social media platforms, including their audiences and example posts. Highlighted sections in
examples show where to change the sample text if you use the posts verbatim.
To learn more about using social media in emergency management, refer to the
IS-42: Social Media
in Emergency Management course available for free from FEMA’s Emergency Management Institute.
LinkedIn
Audience and Use
LinkedIn users are typically current professionals, job seekers and individuals interested in
networking in a certain career field. Posts on LinkedIn should be focused on this professional subset.
They should have messaging tailored to local governments, community planners, zoning officials and
emergency managers. Encouraging stakeholders involved in the plan’s production to repost the
announcement will provide additional traction and visibility.
Example LinkedIn Post
Today Somewhere’s City Council moved to adopt the Somewhere Hazard Mitigation Plan,
committing to reduce the effects of disasters through long-term actions that reduce impacts to
people and property. Do you know if your home or business is in the path of danger in a storm
or flood? Visit [LINK TO PLAN] to find out then read what Somewhere is doing about it!
Twitter
Audience and Use
Twitter posts gain more traction with relevant trending hashtags attached to the post. While the
creation of a custom hashtag allows you to find all related posts, also including a trending hashtag
will increase the visibility of a post. Twitter provides its own analysis directly on its site of trending
topics and tags, but additional external services are also available.
Example Twitter Post
Emergency managers and city planners teamed up to take on reducing Somewhere’s risk from
disasters. [LINK TO PRESS RELEASE] #planning #local
Local Handbook Update
180
Facebook
Audience
The average Facebook user is between 25 and 34 years old. Posts should focus on this
demographic. Posts with images or videos have higher views and clicks, suggesting that successful
posts should include a relevant, interesting image. Bringing the message down to the individual level
instead of addressing the community aspect also increases the likelihood of post interaction.
Average education is nearly evenly distributed between high school, some college, and college level.
With this demographic diversity, posts should be more general than tailored for a variety of
education levels and interests.
Example Facebook Post
Know your risk, know your plan! Somewhere has an updated plan showing how disasters can
affect where you live and what actions both the government and property owners can take to
reduce future damages. Read more here: [LINK TO WEBSITE WITH PLAN]
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
FEMA Mitigation Planning Program: This page introduces hazard mitigation planning and
describes its benefits. The intended audience is state, tribal, and local officials and members of the
public interested in hazard mitigation planning.
IS-42: Social Media in Emergency Management: By the end of this course, participants will be able
to:
Explain why social media is important for emergency management.
Describe the major functions and features of common social media sites currently used in
emergency management.
Describe the opportunities and challenges of using social media applications during the five
phases of emergency management.
Describe better practices for using social media applications during the five phases of
emergency management
Describe the process for building the capabilities and to sustain the use of social media in an
emergency management organization (state, local, tribal, territorial).
FEMA Social Media: This page has links to FEMA’s different social media accounts and activities.
Local Handbook Update
181
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan and Community Rating System Crosswalk
Starter Kit
FEMA has two major hazard mitigation planning
programs: local multi-hazard mitigation planning,
and floodplain management planning under the
Community Rating System (CRS). In most cases,
doing a thorough job of including the protection of
natural floodplain functions and floodplain
species assessments in mitigation planning will
often lead to more credit under Activity 510 of the
CRS (specifically Element 512.a - Floodplain
Management Planning
1
). As of May 2018, 99% of
CRS communities also have a local hazard mitigation plan. However, the vast majority of CRS
communities have not been able to maximize credits under Activity 510 (see Table 1). This handout
is meant to help communities integrate mitigation planning and CRS planning. This will help them to
produce more effective local flood mitigation actions and meet the criteria of both FEMA programs
more efficiently.
Table 1. CRS Points Available per Step
CRS Planning Step Maximum CRS Points Average Points Earned
1. Organize to prepare the plan 15 10
2. Involve the public 120 34
3.
Coordinate 35 10
4. Assess the hazard 35 25
5. Assess the problem 52 29
6. Set goals 2 2
7.
Review possible activities 35 20
8. Draft an action plan 60 42
9.
Adopt the plan 2 2
10. Implement, evaluate and revise 26 5
Point Total
382 171
1
Table 1 illustrates the CRS Element 512.a points available, and the typical points earned by a local hazard mitigation
plan.
This handout summarizes the similarities
between local hazard mitigation plan
elements and the CRS steps and
highlights key differences that are
commonly overlooked.
(See FEMA’s Mitigation Planning and the
Community Rating System Key Topics
Bulletin for more detailed information).
Local Handbook Update
182
There are many similarities between mitigation planning and CRS planning. Mitigation planners
should be aware of some special criteria for the CRS credits. This handout is to help those preparing
a local hazard mitigation plan who wish to include elements that will also earn CRS credits. This
handout takes each local hazard mitigation plan element and:
Provides the corresponding CRS step.
Summarizes the CRS step.
Calls out prerequisites and key differences between CRS and local hazard mitigation plan review
criteria.
Explains how to maximize CRS points.
Highlights commonly missed elements (in callout boxes throughout this fact sheet).
There is one overarching difference between local hazard mitigation plan and CRS requirements:
local hazard mitigation plan elements are either met or not met, whereas CRS steps are points
based. Many CRS steps have minimum criteria, but a community earns more points for additional
activities
2
. While CRS requirements are points-based, the planning process must at least address all
10 CRS steps of Activity 510. Skipping one of the CRS steps could result in no CRS credit or credits
capped at 50 points
3
.
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 1.
Organize to
prepare the
plan
A1. Document
the planning
process
Prerequisites:
The CRS requires a Floodplain
Management Plan (FMP)
committee.
Key Differences:
The FMP committee can be
the local hazard mitigation
planning committee. It can
also be a separate FMP
committee that focuses on flooding.
The FMP committee must meet at least five times (at key
steps in the planning process - Steps 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8).
2
The maximum CRS credit points that a plan may earn is 762 points; Element 512.a Floodplain Management Planning
includes 382 of the total potential points.
3
If one CRS step is missing from a FEMA-approved hazard mitigation plan, the plan may receive CRS credit, but it is limited
to 50 points. If two CRS steps are missing, no CRS credit will be given.
4
The 10 CRS steps are detailed in Activity 510, Section 512.a, Floodplain Management Planning (FMP) at
https://crsresources.org/manual/.
5
Planning elements are per the Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide and its Plan Review Tool.
Commonly Missed
CRS Elements:
A typical local hazard
mitigation plan planning
committee is different
from an FMP committee.
CRS requirements are
more specific; you
cannot go back and
“fix” this at the end.
Local Handbook Update
183
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
For multi-jurisdictional plans, each community that wants
to earn CRS points must have two staff representatives
on the FMP committee.
At least half of the representatives must attend all
meetings of the FMP committee.
Maximize Points
6
:
Involve staff from multiple departments; include the
community departments that implement or have
expertise in activities of the plan. One point is given for
each office represented; full credit is given for staff
representing all six categories of CRS flood mitigation
activities (see Table 2 below).
Formally establish the planning process through the
community’s governing body.
Step 2. Involve
the public
A3. Public
involvement
during the
planning process
Prerequisites:
The CRS requires a Public
Planning Committee. This can
also be the local hazard
mitigation plan stakeholder
group.
Key Differences:
A local hazard mitigation plan requires the opportunity for
stakeholders to participate; CRS
requires active stakeholder/public participation.
Maximize Points:
Full credit is given if at least half the committee members
are from outside the local government.
Hold at least one public information meeting in the
affected area(s) within the first 2 months of the planning
process. This is separate from the planning committee
meetings.
Hold at least one public meeting at least 2 weeks before
submitting the plan. Use the meeting to get input on the
recommended plan.
Five points are given for each additional public
information activity that explains the planning process
and encourages input.
6
Table 1 illustrates the CRS Element 512.a points available, and the typical points earned by a local hazard mitigation
plan.
Commonly Missed:
CRS’s definition of
stakeholder/public
involvement is more
structured than what the
local mitigation plan
guidance describes.
Local Handbook Update
184
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 3 (a).
Review
existing
studies,
reports and
technical
information
A4. Review and
incorporation of
existing plans,
studies, reports
and technical
information
Prerequisites:
Step 3(a) is basically the same as sub-element A4:
Review existing studies, reports and technical
information. Review the community’s needs, goals
and plans for the area.
Step 3 (b).
Coordinate
with agencies
and
organizations
A2. An
opportunity for
neighboring
communities and
local and
regional agencies
to be involved
Key Differences:
Step 3(b) is similar to sub-
element A2, but it requires
more than providing a chance
to get involved.
Maximize Points:
Work with agencies and
organizations outside the
community’s governmental
structure to get their hazard data and ask for their input and
participation in the process.
Step 4. Assess
the hazard
B1. Hazard
profile
Prerequisites:
The flood hazard assessment must include the sources,
frequencies, extent and causes of flooding. Flood hazard
areas that require assessment include:
The Special Flood Hazard Area shown on the Flood
Insurance Rate Map (FIRM).
All repetitive loss areas if the community is a Category
B or C (CRS communities should have already
prepared repetitive loss area maps).
Areas not mapped on the FIRM that have flooded in
the past (flood insurance claims can help with this).
Other surface flooding identified in other studies.
Key Differences:
Most local hazard mitigation plans meet the minimum
requirement. Giving more details is an opportunity to get
more points.
Maximize Points:
Include the following: discussion of less frequent
flooding; areas likely to flood and potentially become
worse in the future; and areas of past flooding and other
natural hazards.
Commonly Missed:
Aside from contacting
the various agencies and
organizations outside the
community’s government
structure, planning staff
must document the
contacts made and their
responses.
Local Handbook Update
185
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 5. Assess
the problem
B2. Hazard
impact,
vulnerability, and
NFIP assessment
Prerequisites:
A summary of the jurisdiction’s vulnerability to each
hazard and the impact (the base criteria are basically the
same as those for sub-element B2).
Repetitive Loss (RL) communities must:
Include their RL areas.
Describe the causes of repetitive flooding.
Send an annual mailer with information on ways to
protect properties from repetitive flooding.
Key Differences:
Most local hazard mitigation plans meet the minimum
requirement. Giving more detail is a way to get more
points.
Maximize Points:
Provide further details beyond the overall summary:
The impact of all flood-related hazards on various
community attributes (including flood warning and
evacuation systems; public health; critical facilities
and infrastructure; local economy; and buildings).
Historical damage to buildings.
The area’s natural floodplain functions.
Future development and redevelopment.
Future flooding conditions due to climate change.
For a multi-jurisdictional plan, you must describe each item
for each community.
Step 6. Set
goals
C3. Mitigation
goals
Prerequisites:
This is basically the same as sub-element C3: set
mitigation goals.
Goals can be broad, but must address all flood-related
problems in Step 5.
Local Handbook Update
186
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 7.
Review
possible
activities
C1. Capability
assessment
C2. NFIP
participation and
compliance
C4. Mitigation
strategy
Prerequisites:
Review and consider
preventive activities.
The plan needs to discuss
what was examined and why
certain actions were
recommended.
Key Differences:
When describing your
mitigation strategy, you MUST
describe the actions you
considered, the actions you
chose, and your reasoning for
deciding why each activity
was appropriate or not for the
community and its flood
problems.
Mitigation planning and the CRS have
lists of six types of mitigation
actions/activities. These lists
differ.
Maximize Points:
Review whether the community’s floodplain management
regulatory standards are sufficient for current and future
conditions, as discussed under CRS Steps 4 and 5.
Review if activities protect natural and beneficial
floodplain functions.
More points are given for reviewing multiple categories of
flood mitigation measures. Full credit is given if you identify
and discuss measures from all six flood mitigation
categories
Commonly Missed:
Missing CRS Step 7 is
the most common
reason that FEMA-
approved mitigation
plans are capped at
50 CRS points.
Many hazard mitigation
plans omit
this discussion. The
planning staff may have
done such a review, but
for CRS credit, the plan
document must describe
the review. Omitting the
review pieces of your
process results in no
credit for CRS Step 7.
Local Handbook Update
187
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 8. Draft
an action plan
C5. Mitigation
prioritization
Prerequisites:
There must be an action item
for each goal listed in CRS Step
6.
Actions must be prioritized.
Key Differences:
CRS steps are more specific than the local hazard
mitigation plan requirements.
Maximize Points:
Full credit is given for an action plan with actions in five
of the six flood mitigation categories.
More credit is offered for including policies and
procedures for post-disaster redevelopment and
mitigation in the action plan, as well as for action items
that mitigate the effects of other natural hazards.
Step 9. Adopt
the plan
F1. Plan adoption
F2. Multi-
jurisdictional
plans – plan
adoption by each
participant
Prerequisites:
Adoption must be in the form of a resolution or other
formal document. It must be voted on by the
community’s governing body.
A multi-jurisdictional plan must be adopted by the
governing body of each community seeking CRS or
multi-hazard mitigation plan credit points.
Key Differences:
Most local hazard mitigation plans are adopted via formal
documentation. Other forms of adoption are allowed for
local hazard mitigation plans.
Maximize Points:
Communities are encouraged to send the draft plan to their
Insurance Services Office, Inc. (ISO)/CRS specialist for a
technical review and preliminary scoring. They should also
send it to the state emergency management agency and
FEMA for a courtesy review.
Commonly Missed:
Mitigation actions need
to be tied to goals.
Every goal needs at
least one action
associated to it.
Local Handbook Update
188
CRS Step
4
Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
5
Crosswalk Details
Step 10.
Implement,
evaluate, and
revise
D1. Continued
public
participation
D2. Plan
monitoring,
evaluation, and
update
D3. Integration of
the local hazard
mitigation plan
Prerequisites:
The plan must describe
how, when and by whom
the plan will be
monitored, evaluated
and revised.
Progress toward plan implementation must be evaluated
at least every year.
The procedures for doing this must be explained in the
plan document. The evaluation report must be made
available to the media and the public.
An evaluation report must be prepared and distributed
to the governing body, the media and the public. It
must be submitted to the ISO with the community’s
recertification package.
The plan must be updated every 5 years.
The community must submit a copy of its plan update at
least every 5 years.
Key Differences:
A local hazard mitigation plan requires you to discuss the
evaluation process; the CRS requires proof that
evaluation occurs each year.
Maximize Points:
To encourage continued public involvement, more points
are given for having the evaluation report prepared by the
CRS Step 2(a) planning committee.
Once the plan is adopted, more points are given for more
frequent committee meetings during the year. These
meetings are to review progress and recommend
revisions.
Multi-hazard mitigation plans must include a process for
how the community will integrate the requirements of the
plan in other community plans. These other plans can
include capital improvement, zoning ordinance, and the
general/comprehensive plan.
Commonly Missed:
The plan must include
proof that evaluation
occurred each year.
Local Handbook Update
189
Note that specific requirements for other CRS steps dovetail with those of Element E (Plan Update)
and sub-elements E1 and E2.
Adequately addressing CRS Steps 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 will meet the
requirements of E1 and E2. The connections with the plan update requirements are described
below:
CRS Step Local Hazard
Mitigation
Planning
Element
Crosswalk Details
Step 4. Assess
the hazard
Step 5. Assess
the problem
E1. Changes in
development
Prerequisites: None
With a plan update, hazard and problem assessments
must be reviewed and brought up to date. They must
account for:
Completed mitigation projects.
Increased development in the floodplain or watershed.
Step 6. Set
goals
Step 7.
Review
possible
activities
Step 8. Draft
an action plan
E2. Mitigation
strategy
progress and
changes in
priorities
Prerequisites: None
With a plan update, the original plan’s goals must be
reviewed to determine if they are still appropriate (given
the revisions to Steps 4 and 5).
With a plan update, each activity recommended by the
previous plan must be discussed, along with the status of
implementation.
With a plan update, the action plan must be revised to
account for projects that have been completed, dropped or
changed. It must also account for changes in the hazard
and problem assessments.
Table 2. Categories of Mitigation Actions
Types of Mitigation Planning Actions CRS Categories of Flood Mitigation Activities
Local plans and regulations 1. Preventive measures (e.g., codes)
Structure and infrastructure projects 2. Property protection (e.g., elevation)
Natural systems protection 3. Natural resource protection
Not included* 4. Emergency services
Structure and infrastructure projects 5. Structural flood control projects
Education and awareness programs 6. Public information
Local Handbook Update
190
Types of Mitigation Planning Actions CRS Categories of Flood Mitigation Activities
See Task 6 in the handbook.
See Table 6 for an expanded list in the
Mitigation Planning and the Community Rating
System Key Topics Bulletin.
*FEMA mitigation planning guidance calls for actions that “reduce or eliminate long-term risk to
people and property from hazards and their impacts.” As such, programs like flood warning and
response and other emergency operations are not included.
Risk Assessment
Worksheet 2: Hazard Identification
Use this worksheet to identify which hazards can affect your community. Not all hazards apply to the
planning area. For the ones that do, describe how they have been an issue in the past, or if they are
a future concern.
Instructions: Describe where there may be recurring problems that you would like to see addressed.
Hazard
Is this a hazard for
your community?
Yes/No
If yes, briefly describe how.
Think about specific locations or recurring issues that
you know of in your community.
Avalanche
Dam Failure
Drought
Earthquake
Erosion
Expansive Soils
Extreme Cold
Extreme Heat
Flood
Hail
Hurricane
Landslide
Local Handbook Update
191
Hazard
Is this a hazard for
your community?
Yes/No
If yes, briefly describe how.
Think about specific locations or recurring issues that
you know of in your community.
Lightning
Sea Level Rise
Severe Wind
Severe Winter
Weather
Storm Surge
Subsidence
Tornado
Tsunami
Wildfire
Are there additional hazards that you would like to include? Add them here.
Local Handbook Update
192
Worksheet 3: Identifying Vulnerable Assets
Look back at the Hazard Identification Worksheet where you described issues that you have with the
identified hazards. We are now going to look at specific community assets that can be affected by
the identified hazards.
Instructions: For the hazards that affect your community, identify two to three examples of assets
that can be affected by the identified hazards.
Vulnerable Assets
What makes this group/asset vulnerable during hazards?
Have there ever been issues with recovery after an event?
People
(Residents, workers, visiting populations, and socially vulnerable populations like seniors,
individuals with disabilities, lower-income individuals, etc.)
Structures (Community centers, historic places, planned capital improvement)
Economic Assets
(Major employers, primary economic sectors, key infrastructure like
telecommunications networks)
Local Handbook Update
193
Vulnerable Assets
What makes this group/asset vulnerable during hazards?
Have there ever been issues with recovery after an event?
Natural, Historic and Cultural Resources
(Areas of conservation, beaches, parks, critical habitats)
Critical Facilities and Infrastructure
(Hospitals, law enforcement, water, power)
Community Activities
(Major local events such as festivals or economic events like farming or
fishing)
Local Handbook Update
194
Vulnerable Assets
What makes this group/asset vulnerable during hazards?
Have there ever been issues with recovery after an event?
Are there other assets that you can think to include?
Local Handbook Update
195
Risk Assessment Starter Kit
The risk assessment is the most data-heavy part of the mitigation plan. It can be hard to find all the
information you need. This starter kit provides some basic resources to help you find data to start
building your risk assessment.
PREVIOUS HAZARD EVENTS
NOAA National Centers for Environmental Information Storm Events Database
This database contains records for weather-related hazards. You can search through it by state and
county. Click on individual events to view a short narrative that you can use to supplement hazard
profiles. Note that records are more complete after 1996.
Federal Disaster Declarations for States and Counties
This page contains an interactive tool. You can use it to explore historic federal disaster declarations
by state, county, hazard, and year. An easy-to-use graphic lets you filter by state, county, and hazard
type. You can also download the full dataset. Please contact your SHMO for specific disaster
declarations in your state.
IDENTIFYING COMMUNITY VULNERABILITY
Hazus
Hazus provides tools and data to help you estimate risk from earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, and
hurricanes. Hazus models combine expertise from many disciplines to create actionable risk
information. Risk assessment resources from the Hazus program are always freely available and
transparently developed. Hazus requires an ArcGIS license to use.
Hazus Loss Library
This is a database for natural hazard risk information. Here, you can search for a historic event,
planning scenario, or location like a state, county, or jurisdiction. Then, you can view previously
performed analyses and downloadable products.
Homeland Infrastructure Foundation-Level Data
This site provides open-source local data for common community assets. You can download these
data as CSVs, KMLs, or Shapefiles. To support application development and data visualization, you
can also access them via web services. This can help you find specific physical community assets.
U.S. Census QuickFacts
The U.S. Census provides basic information about each community. You can use this information to
find the populations that are most at risk.
Local Handbook Update
196
WildfireRisk.org
This free site has interactive maps, charts, and resources. These tools help communities learn their
risks to wildfires.
National Inventory of Dams
This database contains information for more than 91,000 dams. It has more than 70 data fields for
each dam. This includes the dam’s location, size, purpose, type, last inspection, and regulatory facts.
More data are available for some dams. This could be a general description of the dam, a summary
of known issues, and planned actions to address those issues. Maps that show possible flooding
near dams, also called flood inundation maps, are available for some dams. These maps show
where water may go if a dam-related issue occurs. They can also help people who live and work near
dams take protective actions.
REPETITIVE LOSS INFORMATION
Flood Insurance Data and Analytics
Data on repetitive loss properties are available from local floodplain administrators and the state
floodplain coordinator. If data are not available, the plan can include an
estimate
of the numbers
and types of repetitive loss properties. Repetitive loss information is Privacy Act protected. As such,
plans should never include individual names, addresses and claim information. However, plans can
include aggregated figures (e.g., the total number of repetitive loss properties by jurisdiction).
HAZARD EXTENT (MAGNITUDE) SCALES
Below are some scales for common hazards. This is not a full list of all hazards or possible extents.
There are other ways to address extent in your plan.
Hazard
Sub-
category
Resource
Description
Dam Failure - National Dam
Safety
Program
hazard
classifications
This hazard potential classification system for
dams is clear, concise, and adaptable to any
agency's current system. It lists three
classification levels low, significant, and high
in order of increasing adverse incremental
consequences.
Drought
- U.S. Drought
Monitor Scale
The drought scale is much like those that rate
hurricanes and tornadoes. The "D-scale" speaks
to how unusual a drought episode is.
Local Handbook Update
197
Hazard
Sub-
category
Resource
Description
Palmer
Drought
Severity Index
The Palmer Drought Severity Index is a measure
of relative dryness or wetness that affects water
sensitive economies. It provides data in graphical
and tabular formats for the contiguous United
States.
Standardized
Precipitation
Index
This index characterizes drought on a range of
timescales that relate to soil moisture,
groundwater, and reservoir storage. It can be
compared across regions with different climates.
Earthquake - Modified
Mercalli
Intensity Scale
This scale has many levels to indicate a range of
effects. These range from slight shaking to
catastrophic destruction. It does not have a
mathematical basis. It is a subjective ranking
based on observed effects.
Shakemap These maps provide near-real-time visual data of
ground motion and shaking intensity after
significant earthquakes.
Coastal
Erosion
Sea Level
Rise
Sea Level
Trends
(millimeter per
year)
The sea level trends measured by tide gauges
show local relative sea level (RSL) trends. They
do not show the global sea level trend. Tide
gauge measurements are made with respect to a
local fixed reference on land. RSL combines sea
level rise and the local vertical land motion.
Sea Level
Rise
Coastal
Vulnerability
Index (CVI)
This classification is based on geomorphology,
regional coastal slope, tide range, wave height,
relative sea level rise, and shoreline erosion and
accretion rates. These factors and how they
relate to one another give a broad overview of
regions where sea level rise will likely cause
physical changes.
Extreme
Temperatures
Extreme
Cold
Wind Chill
Index
This index uses science and computer modeling
to provide a clear and accurate formula for
calculating the dangers from winter winds and
freezing temperatures.
Extreme
Heat
Heat Index This index measures how hot it feels when
relative humidity is factored in with the actual air
temperature.
Local Handbook Update
198
Hazard
Sub-
category
Resource
Description
Flood - 100-year
floodplain
definition and
location
FEMA produces these flood maps. They are
available on the Map Service Center (MSC). They
are the official public source for flood hazard
information that supports the National Flood
Insurance Program. The MSC hosts official flood
maps and a range of other flood hazard
products.
Hurricane - Saffir-Simpson
Hurricane
Wind Scale
This scale uses a 1 to 5 rating based on a
hurricane’s sustained wind speed. It also
estimates potential property damage.
Landslide - Landslide
incidence
This map inventories landslides and confidence
levels in the United States.
Radon -
Picocuries Per
Liter pCi/L
This website describes how radiation from radon
is measured using picocuries per liter of air
(pCi/L). A pCi is a measure of the rate of
radioactive decay of radon.
Severe
Weather
Hail Hailstone size This scale shows an object-to-size conversion for
hail to use in measurement and communication.
High Winds Beaufort Wind
Scale
This scale is an empirical measure. It relates
wind speed to observed conditions at sea or on
land.
Lightning Annualized
Frequency
Annualized frequency is the expected frequency
or probability of a hazard occurrence per year.
Rain Rainfall per
duration
These interactive maps provide precipitation
frequency estimates and related information.
Tornadoes
- Enhanced
Fujita Scale
This scale shows the intensity of tornadoes
based on the damage they cause.
Volcanoes - Volcanic
Explosivity
Index (VEI)
The Volcanic Explosivity Index (VEI) describes the
size of explosive volcanic eruptions based on
magnitude and intensity.
Wildfire - NWCG Size
Class
This scale classifies wildfires based on the
number of acres burned.
Winter Storm
Ice Storm
Sperry-Piltz Ice
Accumulation
Index
This index predicts the projected footprint, total
ice buildup, and potential damage from ice
storms.
Local Handbook Update
199
CLIMATE CHANGE RESOURCES
Addressing Future Climate, Population, and Land Use in Mitigation Planning | FEMA.gov
FEMA Mitigation Planning Program’s foundational webinar to guide state, tribal, territorial and local
governments in using data, tools and resources to address climate change, population change, and
land use change in mitigation planning.
The Climate Explorer
The National Environmental Modeling and Analysis Center (NEMAC) created the Climate Explorer
website. Its goal is to help users explore how climate is projected to change in any county in the
United States and its territories. It provides maps and graphs to help users understand the data. It
also contains resources to help plan for the impacts of climate change. These resources help users
learn where hazards will affect socially vulnerable populations.
Climate Mapping for Resilience and Adaptation (CMRA)
This website has many tools for mapping and understanding hazards that relate to climate change.
Users can access the CMRA Assessment Tool to view how climate change will affect their area. This
tool covers geographies that range in scale from counties to census tracts to tribal lands. It even lets
users search by address to see what climate change-related hazards may affect their homes. The
CMRA site also has funding opportunities and resources to help users plan for, fund, and carry out
hazard mitigation activities.
Climate Risk and Resilience Data Portal (ClimRR)
This tool empowers individuals, governments, and organizations to examine simulated future climate
conditions at mid- and end-of-century for a range of climate perils. At some point in the future,
ClimRR layers will be integrated into FEMA’s Resilience Analysis and Planning Tool (RAPT), to
demonstrate specific and local-scale impacts to people and infrastructure across the country. The
Hazard
Sub-
category
Resource
Description
Nor’easters Regional
Snowfall Index
This scale ranks snowstorms on a scale from 1 to
5. This is based on the size of the storm, the
amount of snowfall, and how these factors may
affect populations.
Snow Snowfall per
duration
This tool estimates snowfall in the recent past by
combining several datasets into a single
analysis.
Local Handbook Update
200
portal will contain socio-demographic resilience indicators and open-source infrastructure
information. This tool was developed in collaboration with Argonne National Lab, AT&T, and FEMA to
provide detailed downscaled climate modeling and provide a user-friendly platform for local use.
Coastal Risk Screening Tool
Climate Central developed this tool. The tool helps users see the impact that sea level rise will have
on their communities over time. It uses global elevation data and the most up-to-date climate change
projections to show where and when sea level rise is most likely to impact coastal areas. This can
help planning teams prioritize mitigation actions that relate to sea level rise where they are needed
most.
Digital Coast
The Digital Coast program is NOAA’s home for resources that relate to a changing climate and
growing populations. It includes data, tools, training, and stories of resilience. While the focus is on
the coast, the data, resources and training topics are not limited to coastal communities. For
example, the Digital Coast houses land cover, wetlands, and soil survey data from across the nation.
FEMA’s Resources for Climate Resilience
This document outlines the different resources and programs available to address climate resilience
nationwide. It covers resources that can help you identify and assess climate risk, plan for it, and
fund climate adaptation and mitigation activities. Keep in mind this list of resources is just a starting
point. Like most hazard data, climate change and resilience data are best at the local level. Many
local and regional jurisdictions have their own approved standards.
National Climate Assessment
Every four years, the U.S. Global Change Research Program delivers the National Climate
Assessment to Congress and the president. The next report is due for release in late 2023. The
assessment gives an in-depth look at climate change impacts on the United States. It is not a raw
data resource. It is a discussion and report on how the climate is changing and its impacts on
regions and sectors. The report also presents an overview of response strategies, including
mitigation.
NOAA's Climate.gov
This website provides timely and authoritative data about climate science, adaptation, and
mitigation. It includes a Climate Data Primer. The primer has basic information to help people
understand and explore climate data. Climate.gov also includes teaching resources, maps, and data.
NOAA’s Sea Level Rise Report
The 2022 Sea Level Rise Technical Report provides the most up-to-date sea level rise projections.
The report released by the National Ocean Service makes updated projections available through
Local Handbook Update
201
2150 for all U.S. coastal waters. A companion Application Guide is available to help users apply and
integrate the report into local planning and adaptation decisions. The guide, penned by professionals
with expertise on applying sea level rise to local level planning, helps readers wade through
considerations and arrive at what’s best for their community. There are several additional resources
available for understanding and applying the updated sea level rise projections.
Planning for Urban Heat Resilience
The American Planning Association (APA) developed the Planning for Urban Heat Resilience guide. Its
goal is to help planners understand and prepare for the risks of extreme heat. It covers how to
include equity when planning for extreme heat mitigation and adaptation. It also shows how planners
can mitigate and manage heat through policies, plans, and mitigation activities.
Regional Resilience Toolkit
FEMA, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Metropolitan Transportation
Commission/Association of Bay Area Governments (MTC/ABAG) worked together to make the
Regional Resilience Toolkit (RRT). The RRT helps regions as they plan for disasters. It does this by
showing jurisdictions, counties, and other regional entities how to work across multiple jurisdictions
and with non-governmental partners to improve climate resilience.
Sixth Assessment Report and Data Distribution Center
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is the United Nations body for assessing the
science related to climate change. Their Fifth Assessment Report evaluates the scientific basis of
climate change. It includes its impacts and future risks. It also has options for adaptation and
mitigation. The Data Distribution Center provides historic climate, socio-economic, and
environmental data and projections for future scenarios. Note: The IPCC is currently in its Sixth
Assessment cycle. Check the IPCC’s website often for the most recent data and tools.
State Climate Summaries
This site provides a high level summary of each state’s risk to climate change. There are short key
talking points, a short narrative, and data organized into charts. This provides a basis for
understanding key climate challenges for each state and serves as a starting point for deeper
analysis.
U.S. Climate Resilience Toolkit
The toolkit provides tools and information to help communities grow resilience and manage climate-
related risks. It pulls information from across the federal government to a single location. The toolkit
connects users to climate tools, data and visualization. It also offers training on how to use those
tools.
Local Handbook Update
202
U.S. Global Change Research Program
This interagency program shares resources, reports, data, multimedia, and other factors that could
inform a risk assessment. It has many visualizations of global climate change from member
agencies. These can help you evaluate and communicate future risk. The program also maintains a
library of scientific assessments, annual reports, research plans, fact sheets, brochures, and other
resources.
HISTORICAL RISK RESOURCES
National Risk Index (NRI)
The National Risk Index (NRI) is a dataset and online tool that identifies communities most at risk for
18 natural hazards, some of which may be exacerbated by climate change. The NRI visualizes risk
metrics, includes data on expected annual losses, and incorporates social vulnerability and
community resilience data. It covers geographies ranging from counties to census tracts.
Wildfire Risk to Communities
This tool, developed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the U.S. Forest Service, is a free, easy-
to-use website with interactive maps, charts, and resources to help communities understand,
explore, and reduce wildfire risk.
EQUITY RESOURCES
FEMA Community Resilience Index (CRI)
The FEMA Community Resilience Index (CRI) is a composite index of 22 indicators commonly used
across 14 peer-reviewed community resilience methodologies (used in 5 or more methodologies).
This index provides a relative composite value by county and by census tract, measured as an
average of counts of standard deviations from the national mean for each indicator. The FEMA CRI
and each individual indicator are included as a GIS data layer in the Resilience Analysis and Planning
Tool (RAPT).
U.S. Census Bureau Community Resilience Estimates (CRE)
Community resilience is the capacity of individuals and households within a community to
absorb the external stresses of a disaster. The 2019 Community Resilience Estimates (CRE) are
produced using information on individuals and households from the 2019 American Community
Survey (ACS) and the Census Bureau’s Population Estimates Program (PEP). Explainer Webinar and
Slide Deck: https://www.census.gov/data/academy/webinars/2021/community-resilience-
estimates.html
Local Handbook Update
203
Addressing Social Equity Through Natural Hazards Mitigation Planning
This is a training from FEMA Region 10. It gives ways to address equity issues when developing and
carrying out a community’s hazard mitigation plan.
Building Alliances for Equitable Resilience
This document from the Resilient Nation Partnership Network gives guidelines for how to break down
barriers and embrace diverse points of view to achieve whole-community resilience.
Climate and Economic Justice Screening Tool
The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) developed this tool. It identifies disadvantaged
communities at a census tract level through standardized, nationally consistent data. It considers
communities disadvantaged if they are in a census tract that meets the threshold for at least one of
the tool’s categories of burden and a corresponding economic indicator. It does the same if they are
on the lands of a federally recognized tribe.
EJScreen: Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool
The Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) EJScreen tool provides users with a nationwide
dataset. This resource combines environmental and demographic data. By combining these two
types of data, the tool creates maps that show where socially vulnerable populations and
underserved communities may face adverse environmental impacts. Such impacts include those
from wildfires, drought, coastal flood hazards, extreme precipitation events and sea level rise. The
platform helps users learn where these impacts will occur and which demographics they will affect.
The tool can help plan for targeted interventions.
Environmental Justice Guidance
This Government Accountability Office document has information about federal efforts that relate to
better planning and coordination with regard to environmental justice.
Guide to Expanding Mitigation: Making the Connection to Equity
This document is one of FEMA’s Guides to Expanding Mitigation. It helps mitigation planning partners
learn more about equitable mitigation. It also helps them learn how they can use it within
communities and plans. The guide defines social vulnerability and the differences between equity
and equality.
Guide to Expanding Mitigation: Making the Connection to Older Adults
FEMA and the American Association of Retired Persons (AARP) developed this document. It highlights
how including older adults in mitigation planning efforts can create a thorough mitigation strategy
that serves the whole community. As a group, older adults often suffer the highest number of
fatalities during disaster events. Prioritizing their needs before and after disasters can help to
mitigate that risk.
Local Handbook Update
204
Guide to Expanding Mitigation: Making the Connection to People With Disabilities
This resource is part of the FEMA Guide to Expanding Mitigation Series. It outlines how to include
people with disabilities not only in disaster preparedness and response, but also in long-term risk
reduction efforts.
In the Eye of the Storm: A People’s Guide to Transforming Crisis & Advancing Equity in the
Disaster Continuum
The NAACP created this document. It provides six suggestions to help communities build equity into
the four phases of emergency management.
Planning for Equity Policy Guide
The American Planning Association made this guide. It outlines best practices for working the
principles of equity, inclusion, diversity and justice into planning processes and policies.
Social Vulnerability Index (SVI)
The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
(ATSDR) partnered to create a nationwide Social Vulnerability Index (SVI). This interactive mapping
tool shows how 15 United States census variables can combine to make some populations more
vulnerable to adverse impacts. Such impacts include those from climate change. This mapping tool
shows social vulnerability down to the census tract level. This allows for precise analysis. The SVI site
also lets users download data that relate to social vulnerability for their own analyses. Assessing
social vulnerability is a key step in learning how shifts in risk exposure caused by climate change can
have worse effects on socially vulnerable populations.
GEOSPATIAL GENERAL DATA AND TOOLS
FEMA Resilience Analysis & Planning Tool (RAPT)
The Resilience Analysis and Planning Tool (RAPT) developed by FEMA and Argonne National Lab is a
free GIS web mapping tool that allows federal, state, local, tribal, and territorial emergency
managers, and other community leaders to examine the interplay of people, infrastructure, and
hazards including real-time weather forecasts, historic disasters and estimated annualized
frequency of hazard risk.
ArcGIS Living Atlas of the World
This online Geographic Information Systems (GIS) platform provides free, open-source tools and
datasets. These tools and data resources can be used to create spatial visualizations of data and
can also be used to perform data analysis. The resulting analyses and visualizations can help to
communicate climate change impacts to a general audience and can be used for integrating climate
change considerations into HMPs.
Local Handbook Update
205
Mitigation Strategy
Worksheet 4: Capability Assessment
Local mitigation capabilities are existing authorities, policies, programs, and resources that reduce
hazard impacts or could help to carry out hazard mitigation activities. Use this worksheet to list which
capabilities your community already has and how they can be built on. No community will have all of
these capabilities. You may work with partners or stakeholders who can supplement your local
programs and staff.
In the tables below, note which capabilities apply. Consider some of the prompts to describe a little
bit about each capability.
PLANNING AND REGULATORY
Planning and regulatory capabilities are the plans, policies, codes, and ordinances that prevent and
reduce the impacts of hazards.
Capability Type In
Place
Notes
Plans Yes/No Does the plan address hazards? Can the plan be
used to implement mitigation actions? When was
it last updated?
Capital Improvements Plan
Climate Change Adaptation Plan
Community Wildfire Protection
Plan
Comprehensive/Master Plan
Continuity of Operations Plan
Economic Development Plan
Land Use Plan
Local Emergency Operations
Plan
Stormwater Management Plan
Transportation Plan
Local Handbook Update
206
Capability Type In
Place
Notes
Other (describe)
Land Use Planning and
Ordinances
Yes/No Is the ordinance an effective measure for reducing
hazard impacts? Is it adequately administered and
enforced?
Acquisition of land for open
space and public recreation use
Building code
Flood insurance rate maps
Floodplain ordinance
Substantial Damage Plan
Natural hazard specific
ordinance (stormwater, steep
slope, wildfire)
Subdivision ordinance
Zoning ordinance
Other
How can these capabilities be expanded and improved to reduce risk?
ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL
Administrative and technical capabilities include staff and their skills. They also include tools that
can help you carry out mitigation actions. If you do not have local staff, consider how state and
regional partners can help.
Local Handbook Update
207
Capability Type
In Place
Notes
Administrative Yes/No Is staffing adequate to enforce regulations?
Is staff trained on hazards and mitigation?
Is coordination between agencies and staff
effective?
Chief Building Official
Civil Engineer
Community Planner
Emergency Manager
Floodplain Administrator
GIS Coordinator
Planning Commission
Other
Technical Yes/No Has capability been used to assess/mitigate risk in
the past?
Grant writing
Hazard data and information
GIS analysis
Mutual aid agreements
Other
How can these capabilities be expanded and improved to reduce risk?
FINANCIAL
Note whether your jurisdiction has access to or is eligible to use the following funding resources for
hazard mitigation.
Local Handbook Update
208
Capability Type
In Place
Notes
Funding Resource Yes/No Has the funding resource been used in past and for
what type of activities? Could it be used to fund
future mitigation actions?
Capital improvements project
funding
Community Development Block
Grant
Federal funding programs (non-
FEMA)
Fees for water, sewer, gas, or
electric services
Impact fees for new
development
State funding programs
Stormwater utility fee
Other
How can these capabilities be expanded and improved to reduce risk?
EDUCATION AND OUTREACH
Identify education and outreach programs and methods already in place that could be used to carry
out mitigation activities and communicate information about hazards.
Capability Type In
Place
Notes
Program/Organization Yes/No How widespread are each of these in your
community?
Community newsletters
Local Handbook Update
209
Capability Type In
Place
Notes
Hazard awareness campaigns
(such as Firewise, Storm Ready,
Severe Weather Awareness
Week, school programs, public
events)
Local news
Organizations that
represent/advocate for/interact
with underserved and vulnerable
communities
Social media
Other
How can these capabilities be expanded and improved to reduce risk?
Local Handbook Update
210
Worksheet 5: National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP)
Use this worksheet to collect information on your community’s participation in and continued
compliance with the NFIP. Also, note areas for improvement that could be potential mitigation
actions. State the source of information if different from the one included.
NFIP Topic Source of Information Comments
Staff Resources
Who is responsible for floodplain
management in your community?
Do they serve any roles other
than Community Floodplain
Administrator (FPA)?
Is the Community FPA or NFIP
Coordinator a Certified
Floodplain Manager?
Community FPA
Is floodplain management an
auxiliary function?
Community FPA
Explain NFIP administration
services (e.g., permit review, GIS,
inspections, engineering
capability).
Community FPA
What are the barriers to running
an effective NFIP program in the
community, if any?
Community FPA
Insurance Summary
How many NFIP policies are in
the community? What is the total
premium and coverage?
State NFIP Coordinator or
FEMA NFIP Specialist
How many claims have been paid
out in the community? What is
the total amount of paid claims?
How many of the claims were for
substantial damage?
FEMA NFIP or Insurance
Specialist
How many structures (residential
and non-residential) are exposed
to flood risk within the
community?
Community FPA
Are there any repetitive or severe
repetitive loss structures in the
community?
Local Handbook Update
211
NFIP Topic Source of Information Comments
Describe any areas of flood risk
with limited NFIP policy coverage.
Community FPA and FEMA
Insurance Specialist
How does the community teach
property owners or other
stakeholders about the
importance flood insurance?
What digital sources (like the
FEMA Map Service Center,
National Flood Hazard Layer) or
non-regulatory tools does the
community use?
Compliance History
Is the community currently
suspended from the NFIP?
State NFIP Coordinator, FEMA
NFIP Specialist, community
records
Are there any outstanding
compliance issues? (i.e., current
violations)?
How does the community identify
substantially damaged/improved
structures? What is the process
to make sure these structures
are brought into compliance?
When was the most recent
Community Assistance Visit (CAV
or Community Assistance
Contact (CAC)?
Is a CAV or CAC scheduled or
needed?
Regulation
When did the community enter
the NFIP?
Community Status Book
Are the FIRMs digital or paper? Community FPA
How does the community enforce
local floodplain regulations and
monitor compliance?
Local Handbook Update
212
NFIP Topic Source of Information Comments
Do floodplain development
regulations meet or exceed FEMA
or state minimum requirements?
If so, in what ways?
Community FPA
How are Letters of Map Change
(LOMCs) tracked and compiled?
Explain the permitting process. Community FPA, State, FEMA
NFIP Flood Insurance Manual
Community FPA, FEMA CRS
Coordinator, ISO
representative CRS manual
Community Rating System (CRS)
Does the community participate
in CRS? If so, what is the
community's CRS Class Ranking?
Community FPA, State, FEMA
NFIP
What categories and activities
provide CRS points, and how can
the class be improved?
Flood Insurance Manual
Does the plan include CRS
planning requirements?
Community FPA, FEMA CRS
Coordinator, ISO
representative, CRS manual
NEXT STEPS
If you were unsure or answered “no” to any of these questions, consider short- and long-term action
items to address them. If you need help identifying trainings or other resources, contact your State
Hazard Mitigation Officer or State NFIP Coordinator.
RESOURCE LIST
FEMA Substantial Damage Estimator Tool
National Flood Hazard Layer
FEMA Flood Map Service Center
Local Handbook Update
213
Worksheet 6: Hazard Information Integration
OVERVIEW
Making sure that your local hazard mitigation plan aligns with other existing plans is vital. Such
alignment can help you make sure policies and programs do not conflict. It can also help you make
sure policies and programs complement and support each other. This can serve to create a more
hazard-resistant and resilient community.
STEP 1: IDENTIFY RELEVANT PLANS AND POTENTIAL PARTNER AGENCIES
First, find out what local plans already exist and who is responsible for those plans. You can do so by
searching online or visiting your local government’s or local planning commission’s website. You
could also consult colleagues from other local agencies. As you do this, it is a good idea to log each
plan in a matrix, as shown below.
Table 1. Example matrix of local plans and partners.
Example Plan Example Agency Responsible
Comprehensive Plan City Planning Commission
Sustainability Action Plan Office of Sustainability
Transportation Plan Transportation Planning Authority
Stormwater Master Plan Water Department
Emergency Response and Recovery Plan Office of Emergency Management
Subdivision Regulations Zoning Board, City Planning Commission
Zoning Ordinances Zoning Board, City Planning Commission
STEP 2: IDENTIFY GAPS AND OVERLAPS
The next step is to look at each plan and check if the proposed policies or actions align or conflict
with those in the local hazard mitigation plan. To do this, you can expand upon the matrix you have
already developed. Add columns that identify:
Specific questions about actions or policies that relate to those in the local hazard mitigation
plan.
Whether those actions or policies conflict with or complement those in the local hazard
mitigation plan. These represent either gaps in, or overlaps with, the local hazard mitigation plan.
See the table below for an example of this expanded matrix.
Local Handbook Update
214
Table 2. Example matrix of plans, agencies, and questions to ask.
Example Plan
Example
Agency/Agencies
Responsible
Question Y/N
Gap or
Overlap?
Comprehensive
Plan
City Planning
Commission
Does the future land-use map clearly
identify natural hazard areas?
Do the land use policies discourage
development or redevelopment within
natural hazard areas?
Does the plan leave enough space for
expected future growth in areas outside
natural hazard areas?
Transportation
Plan
Transportation
Planning
Authority
Does the transportation plan limit access
to hazard areas?
Is transportation policy used to guide
growth to safe locations?
Are movement systems designed to
function under disaster conditions (e.g.,
evacuation)?
Does the transportation plan promote
compact, mixed-use development near
transit hubs and away from high hazard
areas?
Zoning
Ordinances
Zoning Board,
City Planning
Commission
Does the zoning ordinance conform to the
comprehensive plan in terms of
discouraging development or
redevelopment within natural hazard
areas?
Does the ordinance contain natural
hazard overlay zones that set conditions
for land use within such zones?
Does the ordinance prohibit development
within, or filling of, wetlands, floodways,
and floodplains?
Is a zoning code in place to encourage
resilient development through density
bonuses for projects outside of natural
hazard areas?
Local Handbook Update
215
Example Plan
Example
Agency/Agencies
Responsible
Question Y/N
Gap or
Overlap?
Do rezoning procedures recognize natural
hazard areas as limits on zoning changes
that allow greater intensity or density of
use?
If applicable, is there a wildland-urban
interface development code in place to
prohibit or limit development in high
wildfire risk areas?
Overlay
Districts
Zoning Board,
City Planning
Commission
Is a Conservation Overlay Zoning District in
place to help protect environmentally
sensitive areas?
Is a Coastal Flood Resilience Overlay
District in place to encourage
development away from coastlines and
floodplains?
Are there Climate Hazard Overlay Zones in
place to identify natural hazard risk areas
and assign appropriate zoning ordinances
to mitigate or adapt to those hazards?
Subdivision
Regulations
Zoning Board,
City Planning
Commission
Do the subdivision regulations restrict the
subdivision of land within or next to
natural hazard areas?
Do the regulations provide for
conservation subdivisions or cluster
subdivisions to conserve environmental
resources?
Do the regulations allow density transfers
where hazard areas exist?
Stormwater
Master Plan
Water
Department
Does the stormwater master plan promote
the use of porous building materials
through incentive programs?
Does the stormwater master plan include
green stormwater infrastructure in
impaired watersheds?
Does the stormwater master plan include
stormwater management best practices in
areas that flooding affects the most?
Local Handbook Update
216
Example Plan
Example
Agency/Agencies
Responsible
Question Y/N
Gap or
Overlap?
Does the placement of stormwater
management projects prioritize socially
vulnerable communities?
Resilience Plan
Office of
Resilience and
Adaptation
Does the plan identify sea level rise
inundation zones, high wildfire risk areas,
storm surge inundation zones, or other
areas at high risk of natural disaster
impacts?
Does the plan develop actions to recover
from natural hazard events? Do those
actions align with those the local hazard
mitigation plan identifies?
Does the plan identify areas in which
socially vulnerable populations and
underserved communities have a high risk
of exposure to natural hazards? If so, do
the actions identified to address that risk
align with those in the local hazard
mitigation plan?
Local
Environmental
Plan
Environmental
Planning
Authority
Does the plan identify and map
environmental systems that protect
development from hazards?
Do environmental policies maintain and
restore protective ecosystems?
Do environmental policies encourage
development outside of protective
ecosystems?
Public Health
and Safety
Plan
Office of Public
Health and Safety
Do the goals and policies of the
comprehensive plan relate to those of the
local hazard mitigation plan?
Do the plan’s growth and development
policies clearly address safety?
Does the monitoring and implementation
section of the plan cover safe growth
objectives?
Parks and
Recreation
Plan
Office of Parks
and Recreation
Does the plan prioritize open green
spaces? Are such spaces planned in areas
with high impervious surface coverage?
Local Handbook Update
217
Example Plan
Example
Agency/Agencies
Responsible
Question Y/N
Gap or
Overlap?
Does the plan keep in mind the need for
tree cover to mitigate the urban heat
island effect? Are tree cover expansion
projects planned in high-heat areas?
Capital
Improvements
Plan
Office of Capital
Programs
Does the capital improvement program
limit spending on projects that would
encourage development in areas
vulnerable to natural hazards?
Do infrastructure policies limit extension
of existing facilities and services that
would encourage development in areas
vulnerable to natural hazards?
Does the capital improvement program
provide funding for hazard mitigation
projects identified in the FEMA Mitigation
Plan?
Climate Action
Plan
Office of
Resilience and
Adaptation, Office
of Sustainability
Does the plan have specific and
measurable targets for carbon emissions
reduction?
Does the plan include realistic and
actionable strategies for reducing carbon
emissions?
Building Codes
Division of Zoning
and Planning
Does the building code have provisions to
strengthen or elevate construction to
withstand hazard forces?
Are there building codes in place that
meet or exceed those outlined in the
National Flood Insurance Program’s
guidelines for safe building practices?
Do existing building codes include
development standards for withstanding
storm surge, wind damage, earthquakes,
or other relevant natural hazards?
Economic
Development
Plan
Economic
Development
Authority
Do economic development or
redevelopment strategies include
provisions for mitigating natural hazards?
Local Handbook Update
218
Example Plan
Example
Agency/Agencies
Responsible
Question Y/N
Gap or
Overlap?
Emergency
Action Plan
Office of
Emergency
Management
Is there an adopted evacuation and
shelter plan to deal with emergencies
from natural hazards?
Are evacuation routes located outside of
floodplains, sea level rise inundation
zones, or liquefaction zones?
Are there emergency communication
systems in place? Are those systems
deployed in areas with the highest
potential hazard exposure?
Integrated
Watershed
Management
Plan
Local Watershed
Authority or Water
Department
Does the plan include policies that restrict
development that would increase
downstream flooding?
Does the plan include policies that restrict
development that would increase
sedimentation or erosion?
STEP 3: IDENTIFY ACTIONS TO ADDRESS GAPS AND LEVERAGE OVERLAPS
You have identified other local plans, the agencies responsible for those plans, and specific
elements of those plans that conflict with or complement those developed in the local hazard
mitigation plan. Now, you are ready to develop actions to address gaps or leverage points of
commonality. To do this, work with agencies responsible for other relevant plans throughout the
planning cycle. This helps to make sure that the local hazard mitigation plan and other local plans
align appropriately. Methods for aligning plans could include:
Hold regular meetings with other local agencies to talk about potential areas for alignment or
improvement.
Invite other local agencies to be part of your hazard mitigation planning team. This will let them
stay up to date with actions and strategies that you develop. It can also help them develop
actions that align with those of the local hazard mitigation plan.
Send regular email updates to other local agencies to keep them up to date with your planning
process and proposed actions, strategies, and projects.
Send a copy of the first draft of the local hazard mitigation plan to other planning agencies to
review early and often in the planning process.
Local Handbook Update
219
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
There are many resources for learning about local plan integration and alignment. The following list
can help you to form a local hazard mitigation plan that supports other local plans and planning
mechanisms, and vice versa.
Building Resilience Through Plan Integration
Capability and Capacity Building Actions Local Planning and Regulations
Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy and Hazard Mitigation Plan Alignment Guide
IMD Planning Tool Overview
Integrating Hazard Mitigation Into Local Planning - Case Studies and Tools for Community
Officials
Plan Integration Linking Local Planning Efforts
Plan Integration for Resilience Scorecard Guidebook
Safe Growth Audits
Survey of State Land Use Laws and Natural Hazards Laws
Local Handbook Update
220
Worksheet 7: Mitigation Action Selection
It is crucial to look at all types of actions when developing your plan. Some will move forward, and
others that will not. Use this worksheet to capture all your ideas. Even if you do not select an action
for implementation, it is still important to document. This way, it is still in the plan and can be
referenced later, if needed.
Below are some categories you can use to analyze each action. This will help you determine if you
want to select it to carry out. If you do, you can use the Mitigation Action Implementation Worksheet
to provide more details about the action.
Life and Safety
What impact will the project have on businesses, residences, and properties in the planning
area?
Will the project proactively reduce natural hazard risk?
Administrative/Technical Assistance
Is there sufficient staff to implement the project?
Is training required for the staff to implement the project?
Is there political support for the project?
Does the community have the legal authority to do the project
Project Cost and Economic Factors
What is the cost of the project?
Does the community have the funds for the project on the whole or the local match?
Support for Community Objectives
Does the action advance other objectives or plans, like the capital improvement, economic
development, environmental quality, or open space preservation?
Equity
Will the action adversely affect underserved and socially vulnerable populations?
Does the action build resilience for underserved and socially vulnerable populations?
Local Handbook Update
221
Action
Analysis
(Describe overall feasibility based on
general benefits, costs, and any other
criteria)
Selected for
Implementation?
(Yes/No)
Local Plans and Regulations (Government authorities, policies, or codes that influence the way land and
buildings are developed and maintained)
EXAMPLE: Hazard County will
update its building codes to account
for stronger winds.
Updating the building codes is low-cost and
very effective. It may be politically sensitive.
Yes
Structure and Infrastructure Projects (Projects that modify existing infrastructure to remove it from a hazard
area or construct new structures to reduce impacts of hazards)
EXAMPLE: Hazard County will
construct a storm shelter at the
fairgrounds.
There is no storm shelter in the county. It is
expensive, but the public and county
commission want and need it.
Yes
Natural Systems Protection (Actions that minimize damage and losses by preserving or restoring the
functions of natural systems)
EXAMPLE: Hazard County will
restore the wetland near the river to
help with flooding.
Restoring the wetlands near the river will
help with flooding and restore natural
habitats. This is a lengthy process and will
need several phases to complete.
Yes
Education and Awareness Programs (Sustained programs to educate the public and decision makers about
hazard risks and community mitigation programs)
Local Handbook Update
222
Action
Analysis
(Describe overall feasibility based on
general benefits, costs, and any other
criteria)
Selected for
Implementation?
(Yes/No)
EXAMPLE: Hazard County will add a
section to the monthly newsletter on
seasonal hazards.
The monthly newsletter already exists and
reaches a much of the population. It is easy
to produce. It does not reach those without
internet access, though.
Yes
Local Handbook Update
223
Worksheet 8: Mitigation Action Implementation
This worksheet will help you identify all the components you need to successfully carry out your
mitigation actions. You can do this by looking at previous worksheets that were used in the planning
process.
Describing the Action
Action description
Be as specific as you can with
what you want to accomplish.
Include potential locations
where applicable.
Assessing the Risk
Risk(s) addressed
Describe how the action
connects to the risk
assessment.
Implementing the Action
Cost estimate
This can be a rough number.
You do not need a quote.
Potential funding sources
Example: FEMA Hazard
Mitigation Grant Program
(HMGP), local budget for
match
Responsible party
Who from the planning team
is responsible for carrying out
the action?
Partner agencies (optional)
Can any stakeholders help to
carry out the action?
Local Handbook Update
224
Describing the Action
Estimated timeline for
completion
Consider adding specific start
and end dates, as applicable.
Short Term
For example, the period for
hazard mitigation planning,
capital improvements, or
jurisdictions budget cycles.
Medium Term
For example, the period for
structural projects, regulation,
education and outreach,
natural systems protections,
or comprehensive plans.
Long Term
For example, the period for
comprehensive plans,
economic development plans,
transportation plans, climate
action plans, or the lifetime of
infrastructure assets.
Prioritizing the Action (Use only one of the options below. Planning teams should decide which
one to use and decide on criteria.)
Qualitative: This option has
you describe the costs,
benefits, and how each action
fits in with other (for example,
high, medium, or low).
Quantitative: Choose criteria
to rank your hazard and
assign them a rank (such as
+1 or -1).
Integrating and Aligning the Action
Integration opportunity
Could this action support
other local plans or planning
mechanisms?
Refer to the
Hazard
Information Integration
Worksheet to fill out this
section.
Local Handbook Update
225
Describing the Action
Integration status
Has this action been worked
into any other local plans or
planning mechanisms?
Refer to the
Hazard
Information Integration
Worksheet to fill out this
section.
Aligning with the state plan
Does the action align with any
goals or objectives outlined in
the state hazard mitigation
plan?
Keeping the Plan Current
Worksheet 9: Action Monitoring Form
Use this form to help identify the status of each action in the plan. This can help you find out if you
need other resources to complete it. Completed actions also give you a chance to celebrate the
plan’s success.
Table 1. Example of Action or Project Evaluation Matrix
Progress Report Period
Describe the action or
project.
Who is responsible for
the action?
Project status:
Complete
In progress, anticipated completion date: ____________
Not started
Canceled
Local Handbook Update
226
Progress Report Period
Has there been any
progress with this
project so far?
Are there any obstacles
or challenges with this
action so far?
What steps do you
need to take to
complete this project?
Other comments:
Local Handbook Update
227
Worksheet 10: Plan Update Evaluation Form
For this form, think about the plan as a whole. Think about what has gone well for each part and
where it can improve. The plan evaluation process offers a chance to look at the planning process as
a whole.
PLANNING PROCESS
Participants
Should new jurisdictions be invited to participate in future plan updates?
How have communities and agencies helped to carry out mitigation actions?
Could anything from the initial planning process be done more efficiently?
Have there been any changes in public support or priorities about hazard mitigation?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
Public Involvement
Has the public been actively involved in the plan’s implementation? How can public participation
improve?
Have there been any ongoing public outreach activities for the plan?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
Local Handbook Update
228
RISK ASSESSMENT
Hazard History
Have there been any recent disaster events? If so, how did they affect your community?
Should the list of hazards addressed in the plan be updated? If so, which hazards should be added
or removed?
Have there been any new issues with hazards in a certain area of your community?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
New Data
Are any new data sources available (e.g., studies, reports, maps, etc.)?
Do any new critical facilities or infrastructure need to be added to the asset lists?
Have any changes in development trends occurred that could create additional risks?
Does any new development reduce risk?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
Local Handbook Update
229
MITIGATION STRATEGY
Capabilities
Have jurisdictions adopted new policies, plans, regulations, or reports that could support the plan?
Are there different or new education and outreach programs and resources available for mitigation
activities?
Has NFIP participation changed in the participating jurisdictions?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
Actions
Is the mitigation strategy being carried out as expected? Were the cost and timeline estimates
accurate?
Are there new projects to consider?
Should existing mitigation actions be revised or removed from the plan?
Are there new funding sources to consider?
Have parts of the plan been worked into other planning mechanisms?
What challenges were there, and how can those be overcome over time?
Is there anything else you would like to consider?
Local Handbook Update
230
Plan Adoption
Sample Adoption Resolution
(LOCAL GOVERNMENT, INCLUDING SPECIAL DISTRICTS), (STATE)
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OF (LOCAL GOVERNMENT) ADOPTING THE (TITLE AND DATE OF MITIGATION PLAN).
WHEREAS the (local governing body) recognizes the threat that natural hazards pose to people and
property within (local government); and
WHEREAS the (local government) has prepared a multi-hazard mitigation plan, hereby known as (title
and date of mitigation plan) in accordance with federal laws, including the Robert T. Stafford
Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended; the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968, as amended; and the National Dam Safety Program Act, as amended; and
WHEREAS (title and date of mitigation plan) identifies mitigation goals and actions to reduce or
eliminate long-term risk to people and property in (local government) from the impacts of future
hazards and disasters; and
WHEREAS adoption by the (local governing body) demonstrates its commitment to hazard mitigation
and achieving the goals outlined in the (title and date of mitigation plan).
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE (LOCAL GOVERNMENT), (STATE), THAT:
Section 1. In accordance with (local rule for adopting resolutions), the (local governing body) adopts
the (title and date of mitigation plan). While content related to (local government) may require
revisions to meet the plan approval requirements, changes occurring after adoption will not require
(local government) to re-adopt any further iterations of the plan. Subsequent plan updates following
the approval period for this plan will require separate adoption resolutions.
ADOPTED by a vote of ____ in favor and ____ against, and ____ abstaining, this _____ day of
___________, ______.
By: _________________________________ (print name)
ATTEST: By: _________________________________ (print name)
APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: _________________________________ (print name)
Local Handbook Update
231
Annex C. Local Mitigation Plan
Review Tool
Cover Page
The Local Mitigation Plan Review Tool (PRT) demonstrates how the local mitigation plan meets the
regulation in 44 CFR § 201.6 and offers states and FEMA Mitigation Planners an opportunity to
provide feedback to the local governments, including special districts.
1. The Multi-Jurisdictional Summary Sheet is a worksheet that is used to document how each
jurisdiction met the requirements of the plan elements (Planning Process; Risk Assessment;
Mitigation Strategy; Plan Maintenance; Plan Update; and Plan Adoption).
2. The Plan Review Checklist summarizes FEMA’s evaluation of whether the plan has addressed all
requirements.
For greater clarification of the elements in the Plan Review Checklist, please see Section 4 of the
2022 Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide. Definitions of the terms and phrases used in the PRT
can be found in Appendix E of the guide.
Plan Information
Jurisdiction(s)
Title of Plan
New Plan or Update
Single- or Multi-Jurisdiction
hoose an item.
Date of Plan
Local Point of Contact
Title
Agency
Address
Phone Number
Email
Local Handbook Update
232
Additional Point of Contact
Title
Agency
Address
Phone Number
Email
Review Information
State Review
State Reviewer(s) and Title
State Review Date
FEMA Review
FEMA Reviewer(s) and Title
Date Received in FEMA
Region
Plan Not Approved
Plan Approvable Pending
Adoption
Plan Approved
Local Handbook Update
233
Multi-Jurisdictional Summary Sheet
In the boxes for each element, mark if the element is met (Y) or not met (N).
# Jurisdiction Name
A. Planning
Process
B. Risk
Assessment
C.
Mitigation
Strategy
D. Plan
Maintenance
E. Plan
Update
F. Plan
Adoption
G. HHPD
Requirements
H. State
Requirements
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Local Handbook Update
234
Plan Review Checklist
The Plan Review Checklist is completed by FEMA. States and local governments are encouraged, but
not required, to use the PRT as a checklist to ensure all requirements have been met prior to
submitting the plan for review and approval. The purpose of the checklist is to identify the location of
relevant or applicable content in the plan by element/sub-element and to determine if each
requirement has been “met” or “not met.” FEMA completes the “required revisions” summary at the
bottom of each element to clearly explain the revisions that are required for plan approval. Required
revisions must be explained for each plan sub-element that is “not met.” Sub-elements in each
summary should be referenced using the appropriate numbers (A1, B3, etc.), where applicable.
Requirements for each element and sub-element are described in detail in Section 4: Local Plan
Requirements of this guide.
Plan updates must include information from the current planning process.
If some elements of the plan do not require an update, due to minimal or no changes between
updates, the plan must document the reasons for that.
Multi-jurisdictional elements must cover information unique to all participating jurisdictions.
Element A: Planning Process
Element A Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
A1. Does the plan document the planning process, including
how it was prepared and who was involved in the process for
each jurisdiction? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(1))
A1-a. Does the plan document how the plan was prepared,
including the schedule or time frame and activities that made
up the plan’s development, as well as who was involved?
hoose an item.
A1-b. Does the plan list the jurisdiction(s) participating in the
plan that seek approval, and describe how they participated in
the planning process?
hoose an item.
A2. Does the plan document an opportunity for neighboring
communities, local and regional agencies involved in hazard
mitigation activities, and agencies that have the authority to
regulate development as well as businesses, academia, and
other private and non-profit interests to be involved in the
planning process? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(b)(2))
A2-a. Does the plan identify all stakeholders involved or given
an opportunity to be involved in the planning process, and how
each stakeholder was presented with this opportunity?
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
235
Element A Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
A3. Does the plan document how the public was involved in
the planning process during the drafting stage and prior to
plan approval? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(b)(1))
A3-a. Does the plan document how the public was given the
opportunity to be involved in the planning process and how
their feedback was included in the plan?
hoose an item.
A4. Does the plan describe the review and incorporation of
existing plans, studies, reports, and technical information?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(b)(3))
A4-a. Does the plan document what existing plans, studies,
reports and technical information were reviewed for the
development of the plan, as well as how they were
incorporated into the document?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT A REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Element B: Risk Assessment
Element B Requirements
Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
B1. Does the plan include a description of the type, location,
and extent of all natural hazards that can affect the
jurisdiction? Does the plan also include information on
previous occurrences of hazard events and on the probability
of future hazard events? (Requirement 44 CFR §
201.6(c)(2)(i))
B1-a. Does the plan describe all natural hazards that can affect
the jurisdiction(s) in the planning area, and does it provide the
rationale if omitting any natural hazards that are commonly
recognized to affect the jurisdiction(s) in the planning area?
hoose an item.
B1-b. Does the plan include information on the location of each
identified hazard?
hoose an item.
B1-c. Does the plan describe the extent for each identified
hazard?
hoose an item.
B1-d. Does the plan include the history of previous hazard
events for each identified hazard?
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
236
Element B Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
B1-e. Does the plan include the probability of future events for
each identified hazard? Does the plan describe the effects of
future conditions, including climate change (e.g., long-term
weather patterns, average temperature and sea levels), on the
type, location and range of anticipated intensities of identified
hazards?
hoose an item.
B1-f. For participating jurisdictions in a multijurisdictional plan,
does the plan describe any hazards that are unique to and/or
vary from those affecting the overall planning area?
hoose an item.
B2. Does the plan include a summary of the jurisdiction’s
vulnerability and the impacts on the community from the
identified hazards? Does this summary also address NFIP-
insured structures that have been repetitively damaged by
floods? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(2)(ii))
B2-a. Does the plan provide an overall summary of each
jurisdiction’s vulnerability to the identified hazards?
hoose an item.
B2-b. For each participating jurisdiction, does the plan describe
the potential impacts of each of the identified hazards on each
participating jurisdiction?
hoose an item.
B2-c. Does the plan address NFIP-insured structures within
each jurisdiction that have been repetitively damaged by
floods?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT B REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Local Handbook Update
237
Element C: Mitigation Strategy
Element C Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
C1. Does the plan document each participant’s existing
authorities, policies, programs and resources and its ability to
expand on and improve these existing policies and programs?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(3))
C1-a. Does the plan describe how the existing capabilities of
each participant are available to support the mitigation
strategy? Does this include a discussion of the existing building
codes and land use and development ordinances or
regulations?
hoose an item.
C1-b. Does the plan describe each participant’s ability to
expand and improve the identified capabilities to achieve
mitigation?
hoose an item.
C2. Does the plan address each jurisdiction’s participation in
the NFIP and continued compliance with NFIP requirements,
as appropriate? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(3)(ii))
C2-a. Does the plan contain a narrative description or a
table/list of their participation activities?
hoose an item.
C3. Does the plan include goals to reduce/avoid long-term
vulnerabilities to the identified hazards? (Requirement 44 CFR
§ 201.6(c)(3)(i))
C3-a. Does the plan include goals to reduce the risk from the
hazards identified in the plan?
hoose an item.
C4. Does the plan identify and analyze a comprehensive range
of specific mitigation actions and projects for each jurisdiction
being considered to reduce the effects of hazards, with
emphasis on new and existing buildings and infrastructure?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(3)(ii))
C4-a. Does the plan include an analysis of a comprehensive
range of actions/projects that each jurisdiction considered to
reduce the impacts of hazards identified in the risk
assessment?
hoose an item.
C4-b. Does the plan include one or more action(s) per
jurisdiction for each of the hazards as identified within the
plan’s risk assessment?
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
238
Element C Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
C5. Does the plan contain an action plan that describes how
the actions identified will be prioritized (including a cost-
benefit review), implemented, and administered by each
jurisdiction? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(3)(iv));
(Requirement §201.6(c)(3)(iii))
C5-a. Does the plan describe the criteria used for prioritizing
actions?
hoose an item.
C5-b. Does the plan provide the position, office, department or
agency responsible for implementing/administrating the
identified mitigation actions, as well as potential funding
sources and expected time frame?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT C REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Element D: Plan Maintenance
Element D Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
D1. Is there discussion of how each community will continue
public participation in the plan maintenance process?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(4)(iii))
D1-a. Does the plan describe how communities will continue to
seek future public participation after the plan has been
approved?
hoose an item.
D2. Is there a description of the method and schedule for
keeping the plan current (monitoring, evaluating and updating
the mitigation plan within a five-year cycle)? (Requirement
44 CFR § 201.6(c)(4)(i))
D2-a. Does the plan describe the process that will be followed
to track the progress/status of the mitigation actions identified
within the Mitigation Strategy, along with when this process will
occur and who will be responsible for the process?
hoose an item.
D2-b. Does the plan describe the process that will be followed
to evaluate the plan for effectiveness? This process must
identify the criteria that will be used to evaluate the information
in the plan, along with when this process will occur and who will
be responsible.
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
239
Element D Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
D2-c. Does the plan describe the process that will be followed
to update the plan, along with when this process will occur and
who will be responsible for the process?
hoose an item.
D3. Does the plan describe a process by which each
community will integrate the requirements of the mitigation
plan into other planning mechanisms, such as comprehensive
or capital improvement plans, when appropriate?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(4)(ii))
D3-a. Does the plan describe the process the community will
follow to integrate the ideas, information and strategy of the
mitigation plan into other planning mechanisms?
hoose an item.
D3-b. Does the plan identify the planning mechanisms for each
plan participant into which the ideas, information and strategy
from the mitigation plan may be integrated?
hoose an item.
D3-c. For multi-jurisdictional plans, does the plan describe
each participant's individual process for integrating information
from the mitigation strategy into their identified planning
mechanisms?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT D REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Element E: Plan Update
Element E Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
E1. Was the plan revised to reflect changes in development?
(Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(d)(3))
E1-a. Does the plan describe the changes in development that
have occurred in hazard-prone areas that have increased or
decreased each community’s vulnerability since the previous
plan was approved?
hoose an item.
E2. Was the plan revised to reflect changes in priorities and
progress in local mitigation efforts? (Requirement
44 CFR § 201.6(d)(3))
E2-a. Does the plan describe how it was revised due to
changes in community priorities?
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
240
Element E Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
E2-b. Does the plan include a status update for all mitigation
actions identified in the previous mitigation plan?
hoose an item.
E2-c. Does the plan describe how jurisdictions integrated the
mitigation plan, when appropriate, into other planning
mechanisms?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT E REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Element F: Plan Adoption
Element F Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
F1. For single-jurisdictional plans, has the governing body of
the jurisdiction formally adopted the plan to be eligible for
certain FEMA assistance? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(5))
F1-a. Does the participant include documentation of adoption?
hoose an item.
F2. For multi-jurisdictional plans, has the governing body of
each jurisdiction officially adopted the plan to be eligible for
certain FEMA assistance? (Requirement 44 CFR § 201.6(c)(5))
F2-a. Did each participant adopt the plan and provide
documentation of that adoption?
hoose an item.
ELEMENT F REQUIRED REVISIONS
Required Revision
:
Local Handbook Update
241
Element G: High Hazard Potential Dams (Optional)
HHPD Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
HHPD1. Did the plan describe the incorporation of existing
plans, studies, reports and technical information for HHPDs?
HHPD1-a. Does the plan describe how the local government
worked with local dam owners and/or the state dam safety
agency?
hoose an item.
HHPD1-b. Does the plan incorporate information shared by the
state and/or local dam owners?
hoose an item.
HHPD2. Did the plan address HHPDs in the risk assessment?
HHPD2-a. Does the plan describe the risks and vulnerabilities
to and from HHPDs?
hoose an item.
HHPD2-b. Does the plan document the limitations and describe
how to address deficiencies?
hoose an item.
HHPD3. Did the plan include mitigation goals to reduce long-
term vulnerabilities from HHPDs?
HHPD3-a. Does the plan address how to reduce vulnerabilities
to and from HHPDs as part of its own goals or with other long-
term strategies?
hoose an item.
HHPD3-b. Does the plan link proposed actions to reducing long-
term vulnerabilities that are consistent with its goals?
hoose an item.
HHPD4. Did the plan include actions that address HHPDs and
prioritize mitigation actions to reduce vulnerabilities from
HHPDs?
HHPD4-a. Does the plan describe specific actions to address
HHPDs?
hoose an item.
HHPD4-b. Does the plan describe the criteria used to prioritize
actions related to HHPDs?
hoose an item.
HHPD4-c. Does the plan identify the position, office,
department or agency responsible for implementing and
administering the action to mitigate hazards to or from HHPDs?
hoose an item.
HHPD Required Revisions
Required Revision
:
Local Handbook Update
242
Element H: Additional State Requirements (Optional)
Element H Requirements Location in Plan
(section and/or page
number)
Met /
Not Met
This space is for the State to include additional requirements.
hoose an item.
Local Handbook Update
243
Plan Assessment
These comments can be used to help guide your annual/regularly scheduled updates and the next
plan update.
Element A. Planning Process
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Element B. Risk Assessment
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Element C. Mitigation Strategy
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Element D. Plan Maintenance
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Element E. Plan Update
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Element G. HHPD Requirements (Optional)
Strengths
Local Handbook Update
244
Opportunities for Improvement
Element H. Additional State Requirements (Optional)
Strengths
Opportunities for Improvement
Local Handbook Update
245